Repair and Diagnosis (Single Page)

You are viewing the full "tree" of links on one page. This can load slowly, but is easier to search. The same page can appear multiple times under a different folder, that is why the page is so large.
View "split tree" where inner folders are split out. where inner links are on separate pages.

Expand All (for easy ctrl-f) Collapse All

• Quick Lookups
  • Common Specs & Procedures
    • Specifications Index
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Left Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Right Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Steering Column
  • Fluids
  • Technical Bulletins
    • Campaigns
    • Safety Recalls
    • Technical Service Bulletins
  • Tire Fitment
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (MV1) (Manual Transmission)
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (MV1) (Manual Transmission)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View (MV1) (Manual Transmission)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View (CE4)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Left (XA7)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Right (XA7)
        • Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Module Connector End View (LHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Module Connector End View (RHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View (LHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View (RHD)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (2.8L/3.6L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (2.8L/3.6L)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U57)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U66)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U57)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U66)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U57)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U66)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K/U2L)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (U57)
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C3
        • Radio Connector End View C4 (Export w/U2X/U2Y)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Front Center (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left A Pillar Tweeter (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left A Pillar Tweeter (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Subwoofer (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Subwoofer (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right A Pillar Tweeter (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right A Pillar Tweeter (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (LP1/LY7)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (LS6)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (LP1/LY7)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (LS6)
        • C101 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C103 I/P Harness to Battery Harness Connector End View
        • C104 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C105 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C107 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C108 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Repeater Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Repeater Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C112 Engine to CAM Sensor Connector End View (LS2)
        • C113 Forward Lamp Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C120 Engine Harness to POA Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C121 Engine Harness to Injector Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C131 Engine Harness to Odd Ignition Coils Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C132 Engine Harness to Even Ignition Coils Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C133 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View - Left
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View - Right
        • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Steering Column Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C204 Sunload Sensor Jumper Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C208 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Controls Harness Connector End View
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C301 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C303 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View - Center
        • C304 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C307 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C309 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C311 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C312 Console Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Harness Connector End View (LHD)
        • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Harness Connector End View (RHD)
        • C322 Body Harness to Rear Shelf Harness Connector End View
        • C323 I/P Harness to HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C410 Body Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C411 Body Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C420 Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C421 Body Harness to License Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
        • C421 Body Harness to License Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C422 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP102 Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • Splice Pack SP200 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP303 Connector End View (Indexing May Vary)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (w/o LS2)
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (M35/M12-MN6)
        • Generator Connector End View (LS2)
        • Generator Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • Starter Solenoid Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C5 (A45)
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly Connector End View (DDSA)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C5 (A45)
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) Connector End View C1
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) Connector End View C2
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) Connector End View C3
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) Connector End View C1
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) Connector End View C2
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) Connector End View C3
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Passenger
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Passenger
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Driver
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Passenger
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Passenger Presence System Module Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Passenger
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (Export w/UA2)
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View (Export w/UA2)
        • Intrusion Sensor Connector End View (Export w/UA2/UA6)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Connector End View (Export w/UA2)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Seat Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Seat Cushion - Front
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Seat Back
        • Heated Seat Element - Front Passenger Seat Cushion Connector End View - Front
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (KA1)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AL2)
        • Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Memory/Personalization Function Switch Connector End View (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C1 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C2 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C3 (A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (LHD w/AH8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (RHD w/AH8)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Reverse Lockout Solenoid Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Skip Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View (FE3) (w/o LS2)
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pulse-Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM) Connector End View (UE1)
        • Electronic PRNDL Connector End View (M82)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (LP1/LY7/LS6)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LS6)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Secondary Fuel Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View (M12/MN6)
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right (w/o V92)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right (V92)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Auxiliary (V92)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UAV)
        • Sunshade Connector End View - Driver
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LS2)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Passenger
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks Connector End View (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • Radio Connector End View C4 (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • TV Antenna Module Connector End View (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C1 (6.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C2 (6.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C3 (6.0L)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4/J56)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (M12/MN6)
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (M35)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Rear Compartment
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LR (Export w/T79)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RR (Export w/T79)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (w/o HID/TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (w/HID w/o TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (Export w/TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (w/o HID/TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (w/HID w/o TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (Export w/TR7)
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Front (Export w/TR7)
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Rear (Export w/TR7)
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Overhead Console Connector End View
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export w/T90)
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export w/T90)
        • Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Vanity Lamp Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Lamp Right Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left (Domestic)
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right (Domestic)
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View (Domestic)
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View (Export w/T62/T65)
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (RHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2 (RHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3 (RHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (RHD)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Assembly Connector End View (M82)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (LS2)
        • Sunroof Control Switch Connector End View (CF5)
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Left Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Steering Column
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoids Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensors Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Fuel Injectors Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensors (HO2S) Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Ignition Coils Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Ignition Coil/Module Odd Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Ignition Coil/Module Even Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Connector End View C1
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Connector End View C2
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Connector End View C3
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) Connector End View C1
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) Connector End View C2
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
        • 2.8L VIN T
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.8L VIN T
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
        • 2.8L VIN T
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.8L VIN T
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Power And Ground, Inline Harness And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
• Accessories & Equipment
  • Accessories Control Systems
    • Garage Door Opener
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Garage Door Opener Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Garage Door Opener Component Views
        • Garage Door Opener Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Garage Door Opener
        • Symptoms - Garage Door Opener
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Garage Door Opener Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Garage Door Opener Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming - Universal
          • Garage Door Opener Programming
          • Training the GDO for Rolling Code Receivers
          • Erasing Channels
      • Description and Operation
        • Garage Door Opener Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Anti-Theft Systems
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1586
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1591
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707 or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3064 or B3069
          • Circuit Description (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description (Export)
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152 or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3832 or B3833
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1713 or U1715
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1714 or U1716
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Up Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Deadbolt
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative - One
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DCM Programming/RPO Configuration
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (without UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (with UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Door Front/Rear
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Passenger Door Window Switches
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA)
          • Window Motors
          • Windows Express Down Feature
          • Windows Express Up Feature
          • Rear Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Power Door Lock Deadbolt Motors (Export)
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Central Door Lock and Deadbolt (Export)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar
          • Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar
          • Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Personalization - Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Personalization Option - Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0996
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1015
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1016
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3090
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3976
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1629
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Test Description
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
        • Inclination Sensor Inoperative
        • Intrusion Sensor Inoperative
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Ajar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Intrusion Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Inclination Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export including Canada)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
            • Notes
            • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicators
            • Security
            • Service Theft System
            • Starting Disabled Remove Key
            • Theft Attempted
          • Keyless Entry System (w/AU0)
          • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming An Armed System/Silencing An Alarm
          • Personalization
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Dash Integration Module (DIM)
            • Door Latch Assembly
            • Door Lock Cylinder Switch
            • Hood Ajar Switch (RPO UA2)
            • Inclination Sensor (RPO UA2)
            • Intrusion Sensor (RPO UA2)
            • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
            • Remote Function Actuator (RFA) Module
            • Rear Compartment Tamper Switch
            • Theft Deterrent Alarm (Some Export Vehicles)
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Module Substitution Deterrence w/UA2
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • Security Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • Security Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • Security Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • Security Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Communication Devices
    • Computer/Integrating Systems
      • Schematic Wiring Diagrams
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Schematic Icons
        • Body Control System Wiring Schematics
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Wiring Schematics
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Wiring Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Component Views
          • Body Control Sub-System Components
          • Data Link Communications Components
        • Computer/Integrating Systems Connector End Views
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C1
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C2
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM) C3
          • Data Link Connector (DLC)
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C1
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM) C2
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Computer/Integrating Systems
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1004
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1007
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1009
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1013
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1014
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1372
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • DTC B1382
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • Notes
            • Test Description
        • DTC B1390
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U0100 - U0299
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1000
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1001-U1254
          • Circuit Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1300, U1301, or U1305
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTCs
          • Conditions for Setting the DTCs
          • Action Taken When the DTCs Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Computer/Integrating Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Scan Tool Does Not Power Up
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device (LHD)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Class 2 Device (RHD)
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with High Speed GMLAN Device
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Scan Tool Does Not Communicate with Keyword Data Line
          • Circuit Description
        • Power Mode Mismatch
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) On After Timeout
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Inoperative
        • Control Module References
        • Data Link References
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration (DIM)
          • General Information to Set Up a Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Program the VIN
          • Learning the Restraints ID
          • Setting Options
        • Body Control Module (BCM) Programming/RPO Configuration (RIM)
          • General Information to Set Up a Rear Integration Module (RIM)
          • Setting Options
      • Description and Operation
        • Data Link Communications Description and Operation
          • Circuit Description
          • Class 2 Serial Data
          • Class 2 Serial Data Circuit Left Hand Drive (LHD)
          • Class 2 Serial Data Circuit Right Hand Drive (RHD)
          • GMLAN Circuit Description (LY7, LP1)
          • Keyword Serial Data Line (TR7)
        • Body Control System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Power Mode
          • Fail-Safe Operation
            • Notes
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
          • Electrical Load Management
            • Notes
            • Idle Boost Functions
            • Load Shed Function
          • DIM Wake-up/Sleep States
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Power Mode Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Power Mode
            • Notes
            • Fail-safe Operation
            • Serial Data Messages
            • Discrete Ignition Signals
        • Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Description and Operation
          • Serial Data Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
          • Relay Control of Retained Accessory Power (RAP)
    • Programming And Setup - All Systems
      • Repair Instructions
        • Service Programming System (SPS)
        • Antenna Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Antenna Module Replacement
            • Notes
            • Without RPO UJ6
            • With RPO UJ6
        • Audio Amplifier Programming and Setup
        • Communication Interface Module (OnStar) Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Communication Interface Module Replacement
        • Dash Integration Module Programming and Setup
          • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Replacement
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Replacement
        • Digital Radio Receiver Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Door Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Programming and Setup
          • EBCM Replacement
          • EBCM Reprogramming
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • ECM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Engine Control Module Programming and Setup (6.0L)
          • Notes
          • ECM Replacement
          • PCM Reprogramming
          • Setup for Component Replacement
        • Garage Door Opener Programming and Setup
        • Headlamp Leveling Module Programming and Setup
        • Heated Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • HVAC Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • HVAC Control Module Reprogramming
          • Actuator Replacement
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Programming and Setup
        • Inside Rear View Mirror Programming and Setup
        • Instrument Panel Cluster Programming and Setup
        • Memory Seat Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Passenger Presence System Programming and Setup
        • Radio Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Replacement
        • Sunroof Control Module Programming and Setup
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Programming and Setup
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Replacing Keys
          • Adding Keys
        • Rear Integration Module Programming and Setup
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM) Replacement
        • Transmission Control Module Programming and Setup
  • Cruise Control Systems
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Cruise Control Schematic Icons
      • Cruise Control Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Cruise Control Component Views
      • Cruise Control Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cruise Control
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Disengage History)
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions (Cruise Control)
      • DTC P0564
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0571
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0581
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0703
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Cruise Control
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Cruise Control Inoperative/Malfunctioning
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Description and Operation
      • Cruise Control Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Cruise Control Engaged
        • Cruise Control Disengaged
        • Cruise Control Inhibited
  • Entertainment Systems
    • Cellular Communication Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Digital Antenna Replacement
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1422
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • All Speakers on One Channel Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Theft Procedure
          • Option Configuration
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Intervals
          • Head and Capstan Cleaning
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
              • Notes
              • AM Reception
              • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
            • Notes
            • Viewing XM Messages
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
            • Radio
              • Notes
              • Digital Radio Receiver
          • Radio Personalization w/ Home and Away Feature
          • Configurable Radio Display Keys w/U2R or U2S
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
              • Notes
              • Displaying Program Information
              • RDS Traffic Feature (TA) w/U2R or U2S
              • RDS Traffic Feature w/UAV, U2Y, or U2X
            • Viewing Messages w/U2R or U2S
              • Notes
              • Using Program Type Presets w/U2R or U2S
              • Using RDS Seek w/UAV, U2Y, or U2X
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Configurable Steering Wheel Controls
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Exterior Lights
    • Lighting Systems - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
    • Lighting Systems - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Starter/Arc Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Ballast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Module Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Aiming Headlamps (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Repeater Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Headlamp Leveling Calibration Description and Operation
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Headlamps - High Intensity Discharge (HID)
          • HID Headlamps Low Voltage Operation
          • Automatic Headlamp Leveling - Export Only
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) - Domestic/Canadian
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) - Norway/Sweden
          • Twilight Sentinel
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Position Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Lamps
          • Repeater Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Interior Lamp Dimming
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
    • Lighting Systems - Diagnostics
      • DTC B2556
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2575
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2646
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B3410
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B3420
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B3903
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0278
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0282
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0283
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0284
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0880
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0572 (Standard)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0572 (V-Series)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0573 (Standard)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0573 (V-Series)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Lighting Systems (Symptoms)
      • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Backup Lamps Always On (Automatic Transmission)
        • Test Description
      • Backup Lamps Always On (Manual Transmission)
        • Test Description
      • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
        • Test Description
      • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Manual Transmission)
        • Test Description
      • Courtesy Lamps Always On
      • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
      • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On (Domestic/Canada)
      • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On (Norway/Sweden)
      • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative (Domestic/Canada)
      • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative (Norway/Sweden)
      • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
      • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
      • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On - Rear
      • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative - Rear
      • Fog Lamps Always On
      • Fog Lamps Inoperative
      • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
      • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
      • Hazard Lamps Always On
      • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
      • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
      • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Test Description
      • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Standard or w/TR7-TT6)
      • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (w/Leveling (TR7) and HID (TT6))
      • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (w/HID (TT6))
      • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
      • Headlamps Suggested Message On in Daylight Conditions
      • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
      • High Beam Indicator Always On
      • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
      • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
      • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
      • License Lamps Inoperative
      • Lights On Indicator Always On
      • Lights On Indicator Inoperative
      • Park Lamps Always On
      • Park Lamps Inoperative
      • Position Lamps Inoperative
      • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
      • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repeater Lamps Inoperative
      • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Test Description
      • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
      • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Twilight Sentinel Inoperative
      • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
      • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
  • Gauges & Instrument Panels
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0461 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (2.8L and 3.6L (LY7))
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0521 (2.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0521 (3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0522 (2.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522 (3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523 (2.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523 (3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2066 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Driver Information Center
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Indicator Lamp Replacement
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Ash Tray
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Repair Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
          • Repair Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Clock
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Ice Possible
          • km/h and MPH
          • Lateral Acceleration (JL4)
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Oil Pressure Low (JL4)
          • Oil Temperature Hot (JL4)
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • TOP SPEED FUEL CUT OFF (Export Only)
          • VEHICLE OVERSPEED (Export Only)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation (CTS and CTS-V)
          • Notes
          • Eng/Met
          • DIC Info
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Average Vehicle Speed
            • Battery Voltage
            • Engine Oil Life
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Trans Fluid
          • Reset
          • Timer
          • Trip
            • Notes
            • Trip Odometer A and Trip Odometer B
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation (CTS-V only)
          • Notes
          • RH Message Center
          • LH Message Center
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Headlights
    • Lighting Systems - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
    • Lighting Systems - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Starter/Arc Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Ballast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Module Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Aiming Headlamps (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Repeater Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Headlamp Leveling Calibration Description and Operation
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Headlamps - High Intensity Discharge (HID)
          • HID Headlamps Low Voltage Operation
          • Automatic Headlamp Leveling - Export Only
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) - Domestic/Canadian
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) - Norway/Sweden
          • Twilight Sentinel
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Position Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Lamps
          • Repeater Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Interior Lamp Dimming
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
    • Lighting Systems - Diagnostics
      • DTC B2556
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2575
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2646
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B3410
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B3420
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B3903
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0278
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0282
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0283
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0284
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0880
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0572 (Standard)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0572 (V-Series)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0573 (Standard)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0573 (V-Series)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Lighting Systems (Symptoms)
      • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Backup Lamps Always On (Automatic Transmission)
        • Test Description
      • Backup Lamps Always On (Manual Transmission)
        • Test Description
      • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
        • Test Description
      • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Manual Transmission)
        • Test Description
      • Courtesy Lamps Always On
      • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
      • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On (Domestic/Canada)
      • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On (Norway/Sweden)
      • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative (Domestic/Canada)
      • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative (Norway/Sweden)
      • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
      • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
      • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On - Rear
      • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative - Rear
      • Fog Lamps Always On
      • Fog Lamps Inoperative
      • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
      • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
      • Hazard Lamps Always On
      • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
      • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
      • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Test Description
      • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Standard or w/TR7-TT6)
      • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (w/Leveling (TR7) and HID (TT6))
      • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (w/HID (TT6))
      • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
      • Headlamps Suggested Message On in Daylight Conditions
      • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
      • High Beam Indicator Always On
      • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
      • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
      • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
      • License Lamps Inoperative
      • Lights On Indicator Always On
      • Lights On Indicator Inoperative
      • Park Lamps Always On
      • Park Lamps Inoperative
      • Position Lamps Inoperative
      • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
      • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repeater Lamps Inoperative
      • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Test Description
      • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
      • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Twilight Sentinel Inoperative
      • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
      • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
  • Heated Glass/Defoggers
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding/Lace Retainer Clip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7,DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Compass System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night, Compass, and OnStar® Switch Operation
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Infotainment
    • Cellular Communication Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cellular Communication Schematic Icons
        • OnStar Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cellular Communication Component Views
        • Cellular Communication Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Cellular Communication
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B2455
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2470
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2476
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2482
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2483 or B2484
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC U1500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Symptom Diagnosis
          • System Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Cellular Communication
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • OnStar One or More Buttons Inoperative
        • OnStar Call Center Remote Function Requests Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Unable to Contact OnStar Call Center
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Microphone Inoperative - Caller Cannot Be Heard
        • Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • OnStar Steering Wheel Control Functions Inoperative
        • OnStar Button LED Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • No (or Noisy) OnStar Audio
          • Test Description
        • Global Positioning System (GPS) Data Not Current or Inaccurate
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • OnStar Reconfiguration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Replacement - Cellular Communications/Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mobile Telephone Digital Antenna Replacement
        • Navigation Antenna Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Communication Interface Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • OnStar Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM)
          • OnStar® Button Assembly
          • OnStar® Microphone
          • Cellular and Navigation Antennas
          • OnStar Sleep Cycle
          • Deactivated OnStar® Accounts
          • OnStar® Reconfiguration Procedure
          • OnStar® Cellular, GPS, and Diagnostic Limitations
          • OnStar® Personal Calling
          • Operation of the Hands Free Cellular Phone
          • OnStar® Steering Wheel Controls
          • OPC Features
          • Voice Feedback
          • OPC Security/System Lock
          • Nametags
          • Mobile Identification Number and Mobile Directory Number
          • Placing a Call
          • Operation of the OnStar® Speech Recognition Systems
    • Entertainment Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Entertainment Schematic Icons
        • Radio/Audio System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Entertainment Component Views
        • Entertainment Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Entertainment
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1259
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1271
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1422
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Symptoms - Entertainment
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Audio System Troubleshooting Hints
          • Notes
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Identifying Concerns
          • Corrective Action
          • Generator Whine Concerns
        • Radio Poor Reception
        • Digital Radio Poor or No Reception
        • Noise Compensated Volume Inoperative
        • Reduced Volume - One or More Speakers
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Speaker(s) - Reduced Volume
        • Speakers Inoperative - One or More
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • One Speaker Inoperative
          • All Speakers on One Channel Inoperative
        • Speakers Inoperative - All
          • Notes
          • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • All Speakers Inoperative
        • Radio Setup
          • Notes
          • Radio Theft Procedure
          • Option Configuration
        • Digital Radio Receiver Setup
          • Notes
          • XM Activation
        • Speaker Replacement Reference
      • Repair Instructions
        • Radio Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Receiver Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compact Disc Care and Cleaning
          • Care of CDs
          • Care of the CD Player
          • Stuck CDs
          • Labeling CDs
        • Cassette Player Care and Cleaning
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Intervals
          • Head and Capstan Cleaning
        • Microphone Replacement - Radio Volume Compensator Interior
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coaxial Cable Replacement - Digital Radio
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Front Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Speaker Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Radio/Audio System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • AM/FM Reception
            • Radio Signal
              • Notes
              • AM Reception
              • FM Reception
          • XM Reception
            • Notes
            • Viewing XM Messages
          • Diversity Antenna System
          • Audio Amplifier
          • Theft Deterrent
            • Radio
              • Notes
              • Digital Radio Receiver
          • Radio Personalization w/ Home and Away Feature
          • Configurable Radio Display Keys w/U2R or U2S
          • Radio Data System (RDS)
            • Notes
            • RDS Basic Information
              • Notes
              • Displaying Program Information
              • RDS Traffic Feature (TA) w/U2R or U2S
              • RDS Traffic Feature w/UAV, U2Y, or U2X
            • Viewing Messages w/U2R or U2S
              • Notes
              • Using Program Type Presets w/U2R or U2S
              • Using RDS Seek w/UAV, U2Y, or U2X
          • XM Satellite Radio
            • Notes
            • Digital Radio Receiver
            • Viewing Messages
            • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Configurable Steering Wheel Controls
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Navigation Systems
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Navigation System Schematic Icons
        • Navigation System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Navigation System Component Views
        • Navigation System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Navigation System
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Description
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2462
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U2153
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Navigation Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • No Global Positioning System (GPS) Reception
        • Navigation System - Poor or Inoperative TV Reception
        • Aux RCA Video Jacks - Audio Inoperative or Degraded Quality
        • Aux RCA Video Jacks - Video Inoperative or Degraded Quality
        • Navigation System - Voice Recognition Inoperative
        • Navigation System - Voice Guidance Inoperative or Degraded Quality
      • Repair Instructions
        • Antenna Replacement - Global Positioning System (GPS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • TV Antenna Amplifier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • TV Antenna Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Auxiliary Video Jack Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Navigation System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Navigation System Components
          • Navigation Radio
          • Global Positioning System (GPS) Antenna
          • TV and VICS Antenna
          • TV Antenna Module
          • TV Antenna Amplifier
          • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks
          • VICS Module
          • VICS Optical Beacon Antenna
          • Browser
          • Planning a Route
          • Beam
          • Voice Recognition
  • Interior/Exterior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1586
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1591
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707 or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3064 or B3069
          • Circuit Description (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description (Export)
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152 or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3832 or B3833
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1713 or U1715
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1714 or U1716
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Up Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Deadbolt
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative - One
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DCM Programming/RPO Configuration
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (without UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (with UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Door Front/Rear
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Passenger Door Window Switches
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA)
          • Window Motors
          • Windows Express Down Feature
          • Windows Express Up Feature
          • Rear Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Power Door Lock Deadbolt Motors (Export)
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Central Door Lock and Deadbolt (Export)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar
          • Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar
          • Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Personalization - Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Personalization Option - Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (w/o B57)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (with B57)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Wheel Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0461 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (2.8L and 3.6L (LY7))
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0521 (2.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0521 (3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0522 (2.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522 (3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523 (2.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523 (3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2066 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Driver Information Center
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Indicator Lamp Replacement
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Ash Tray
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Repair Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
          • Repair Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Clock
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Ice Possible
          • km/h and MPH
          • Lateral Acceleration (JL4)
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Oil Pressure Low (JL4)
          • Oil Temperature Hot (JL4)
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • TOP SPEED FUEL CUT OFF (Export Only)
          • VEHICLE OVERSPEED (Export Only)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation (CTS and CTS-V)
          • Notes
          • Eng/Met
          • DIC Info
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Average Vehicle Speed
            • Battery Voltage
            • Engine Oil Life
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Trans Fluid
          • Reset
          • Timer
          • Trip
            • Notes
            • Trip Odometer A and Trip Odometer B
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation (CTS-V only)
          • Notes
          • RH Message Center
          • LH Message Center
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Cushion to Floorpan
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Wheelhouse - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement - Cardboard Insulator
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Body Side Rear Upper
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sail Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shelf Carrier Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
          • Formed Headliner
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Interior/Illumination Lights
    • Lighting Systems - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Lighting Systems
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
    • Lighting Systems - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Lighting Systems Schematic Icons
        • Headlights/Daytime Running Lights (DRL) Schematics
        • Fog Lights Schematics
        • Headlight Leveling Schematics
        • Exterior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Schematics
        • Interior Lights Dimming Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Lighting Systems Component Views
        • Lighting Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Calibration
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Position Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hazard Warning Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Dimmer Switch Replacement
        • Hazard and Turn Signal Flasher Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Instrument Panel - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Courtesy Lamp Replacement - Overhead Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vanity Mirror Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trans Floor Shift Control Indicator Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Dome Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Starter/Arc Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HID Headlamp Ballast Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Assembly or Headlamp Bulb and/or Cornering, Sidemarker, Park, Turn Signal Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Module Replacement
        • Headlamp Aiming
          • Aiming Headlamps (Visual Aim)
          • Headlamp Aiming Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Bulb Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fog Lamp Aiming Procedure
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Repeater Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Marker Lamp Bulb Replacement - Front Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Park/Turn Signal Lamp Bulb Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • High Mounted Stop Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • License Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tail Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Compartment Lamp Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Headlamp Leveling Calibration Description and Operation
          • Calibration Criteria
          • Calibration Procedure
        • Exterior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Exterior Lamps
          • Headlamps
          • Headlamps - High Intensity Discharge (HID)
          • HID Headlamps Low Voltage Operation
          • Automatic Headlamp Leveling - Export Only
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) - Domestic/Canadian
          • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) - Norway/Sweden
          • Twilight Sentinel
          • Front Fog Lamps
          • Rear Fog Lamps
          • Park, Tail, License and Marker Lamps
          • Position Lamps
          • Stop Lamps
          • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Lamps
          • Repeater Lamps
          • Backup Lamps
          • Remote Keyless Entry Exterior Lamp Illumination
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
        • Interior Lighting Systems Description and Operation
          • Interior Lamps
          • Courtesy/Illuminated Entry Lamps
          • Interior Lamp Dimming
          • Battery Run Down Protection/Inadvertent Power
    • Lighting Systems - Diagnostics
      • DTC B2556
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2575
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B2646
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B3410
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B3420
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC B3903
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0278
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0282
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0283
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0284
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC C0880
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0572 (Standard)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0572 (V-Series)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0573 (Standard)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0573 (V-Series)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
    • Lighting Systems (Symptoms)
      • Symptoms - Lighting Systems
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Backup Lamps Always On (Automatic Transmission)
        • Test Description
      • Backup Lamps Always On (Manual Transmission)
        • Test Description
      • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Automatic Transmission)
        • Test Description
      • Backup Lamps Inoperative (Manual Transmission)
        • Test Description
      • Courtesy Lamps Always On
      • Courtesy Lamps Inoperative
      • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On (Domestic/Canada)
      • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Always On (Norway/Sweden)
      • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative (Domestic/Canada)
      • Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) Inoperative (Norway/Sweden)
      • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On
      • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative
      • Fog Lamp Indicator Always On - Rear
      • Fog Lamp Indicator Inoperative - Rear
      • Fog Lamps Always On
      • Fog Lamps Inoperative
      • Fog Lamps Always On - Rear
      • Fog Lamps Inoperative - Rear
      • Hazard Lamps Always On
      • Hazard Lamps Inoperative
      • Headlamps Always On - Low or High Beam
      • Headlamps Inoperative - High Beams
        • Test Description
      • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (Standard or w/TR7-TT6)
      • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (w/Leveling (TR7) and HID (TT6))
      • Headlamps Inoperative - Low Beams (w/HID (TT6))
      • Headlamps Inoperative - Flash to Pass
      • Headlamps Suggested Message On in Daylight Conditions
      • Headlight Leveling Inoperative
      • High Beam Indicator Always On
      • High Beam Indicator Inoperative
      • Interior Backlighting Does Not Dim
      • Interior Backlighting Inoperative
      • License Lamps Inoperative
      • Lights On Indicator Always On
      • Lights On Indicator Inoperative
      • Park Lamps Always On
      • Park Lamps Inoperative
      • Position Lamps Inoperative
      • Reading Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Always On
      • Rear Compartment Lamp(s) Inoperative
      • Repeater Lamps Inoperative
      • Stop Lamps Always On
        • Test Description
      • Stop Lamps Inoperative
        • Test Description
      • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Always On or Flashing
      • Turn Signal Lamps and/or Indicators Inoperative
      • Twilight Sentinel Inoperative
      • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Always On
      • Vanity Mirror Lamp(s) Inoperative
  • Memory Modules
    • Personalization Systems
      • Description and Operation
        • Personalization Description and Operation
          • Personalization
        • Driver Personalization
          • Vehicle Programming and Personalization Features
          • Entering the Personalization Menu
            • Base Audio System
            • Navigation System
            • Personalization Name
            • Configure Display Keys, Base Audio System Only
            • Remote Recall Memory/Recall Driving Positions
            • Remote Exit Recall
            • Key In Recall Memory
            • Twilight Delay
            • Auto Exit Seat
            • Lights Flash at Unlock
            • Lights Flash at Lock
            • Horn Sounds at Lock
            • Exterior Lights at Unlock
            • Driver Unlock In Park, Automatic Transmission Only
            • Driver Unlock Key Out
            • Doors Unlock In Park, Automatic Transmission Only
            • Doors Unlock Key Out
            • Delayed Locking
            • Lock Passenger Window
            • Mirror to Curb in Reverse
            • Enhanced Chime Volume
            • Exiting the Personalization Menu
          • Additional Information
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1586
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1591
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707 or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3064 or B3069
          • Circuit Description (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description (Export)
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152 or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3832 or B3833
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1713 or U1715
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1714 or U1716
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Up Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Deadbolt
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative - One
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DCM Programming/RPO Configuration
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (without UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (with UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Door Front/Rear
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Passenger Door Window Switches
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA)
          • Window Motors
          • Windows Express Down Feature
          • Windows Express Up Feature
          • Rear Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Power Door Lock Deadbolt Motors (Export)
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Central Door Lock and Deadbolt (Export)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar
          • Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar
          • Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Personalization - Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Personalization Option - Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding/Lace Retainer Clip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7,DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Compass System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night, Compass, and OnStar® Switch Operation
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1336
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815 or B1820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365 or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1826, B1851, B1861, B2356, B2366 or B2376
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1830, B1835, B1840 or B1845
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2757, B2762, B2767 or B2772
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with A45)
          • Test Description
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (with A45)
          • Test Description
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Heated Seat Temperature Adjustment Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Switch Mode Indicator Malfunction
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Recliner Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Recliner Motor Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Trim Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sensor Replacement - Seat Adjuster Motor - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sensor Replacement - Seat Adjuster Motor - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Cover Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Rear Vertical
          • Front Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (w/o A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Power Lumbar Switch
          • Lumbar Motor
          • Lumbar Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (with A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Lumbar Motor
          • Lumbar Operation
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and Ground
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Management
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Personalization - Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Personalization Option - Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • MSM Power and Ground
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
  • Steering Column Switches
    • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
        • Steering Wheel Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Column Disassembled View
        • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
        • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Wheel Controls
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative (2.8L, 3.6L (LP1/LY7))
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative (6.0L (LS2))
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Symptoms - Steering Wheel Controls
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
        • Lock System Does Not Unlock
        • Lock System Does Not Lock
        • Lock System Sticks in Start
        • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
        • High Lock Effort
        • Noise in Steering Column
        • Looseness in Steering Column
      • Repair Instructions
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Center
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
        • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Switch Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tilt Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Tilt Head Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Inner Race Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
      • Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
        • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Steering
          • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
          • Driver Convenience
          • Driver Safety
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Warning Systems
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760 or C0765
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Learn Mode Description
            • Notes
            • Sensor Functions Using Pressure Increase/Decrease Method
            • Sensor Functions Using J-46079
            • Learn Mode Cancellation
          • TPM Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Window Motors & Regulators
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1586
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1591
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707 or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3064 or B3069
          • Circuit Description (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description (Export)
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152 or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3832 or B3833
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1713 or U1715
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1714 or U1716
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Up Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Deadbolt
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative - One
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DCM Programming/RPO Configuration
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (without UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (with UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Door Front/Rear
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Passenger Door Window Switches
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA)
          • Window Motors
          • Windows Express Down Feature
          • Windows Express Up Feature
          • Rear Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Power Door Lock Deadbolt Motors (Export)
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Central Door Lock and Deadbolt (Export)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar
          • Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar
          • Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Personalization - Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Personalization Option - Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding/Lace Retainer Clip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7,DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Compass System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night, Compass, and OnStar® Switch Operation
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiper/Washer Systems
    • Wiper System & Washer System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Wiper/Washer System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Wiper/Washer System Component Views
        • Wiper/Washer System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wiper/Washer Systems
        • Symptoms - Wiper/Washer Systems
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Washer Fluid Indicator Malfunction
        • Washers Always On
        • Washers Inoperative (Without XA7)
        • Washers Inoperative (With XA7 Heated Washer Nozzles)
        • Wipers Always On
        • Wipers Inoperative - All Modes
        • Wipers Inoperative - One or More Modes
          • Test Description
        • Washers Inoperative - Headlamp
        • Wiper Arm Tip Pressure Check
        • Wiper Blade Element Check
      • Repair Instructions
        • Washer Solvent Container Replacement (w/o CE4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Solvent Container Level Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Replacement - Headlamp
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Washer Solvent Container Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headlamp Washer Nozzle Assembly Replacement (CE4 w/TT6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Pump Filter Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement (Export-XA7 LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Washer Nozzle Replacement (Export RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Headlamp Washer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hose Replacement - Windshield Washer (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement (LHD)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Replacement (RHD)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Arm Blade Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement (Driver Side 530mm)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Blade Element Replacement (Passenger Side 566mm)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement (LHD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Replacement (RHD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Transmission Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Module Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Module Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Module Grommet Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Motor Module Grommet Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiper Chatter Repair
        • Windshield Glass Cleaning
        • Blade Element Cleaning
        • Wipers/Washer Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wiper/Washer System Description and Operation
          • Wiper/Washer System Components
          • Wiper/Washer System Operation
          • Heated Washer Nozzles w/XA7
          • Check Washer Fluid Message
        • Headlamp Washer System Description and Operation
          • Headlamp Washer System Components
          • Headlamp Washer System Controls
          • Headlamp Washer System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Body & Frame
  • Door Locks
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1586
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1591
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707 or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3064 or B3069
          • Circuit Description (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description (Export)
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152 or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3832 or B3833
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1713 or U1715
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1714 or U1716
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Up Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Deadbolt
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative - One
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DCM Programming/RPO Configuration
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (without UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (with UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Door Front/Rear
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Passenger Door Window Switches
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA)
          • Window Motors
          • Windows Express Down Feature
          • Windows Express Up Feature
          • Rear Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Power Door Lock Deadbolt Motors (Export)
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Central Door Lock and Deadbolt (Export)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar
          • Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar
          • Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Personalization - Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Personalization Option - Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Keyless Entry System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Keyless Entry Schematics
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Keyless Entry
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Symptoms - Keyless Entry
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Panic Mode Inoperative
        • Keyless Entry System Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmitter Battery Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmitter Programming
      • Description and Operation
        • Keyless Entry System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Unlock Driver Door Only
          • Unlock All Doors (Second Operation)
          • Lock All Doors
          • Panic Alarm
          • Keyless Entry Personalization
          • Rolling Code
          • Automatic Synchronization
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Theft Deterrent System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Theft Deterrent System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Theft Deterrent System Component Views
        • Theft Deterrent System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Theft Deterrent
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0996
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1015
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1016
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3031
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3055
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Condition for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3060
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3090
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B3935
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3976
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Condition for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1629
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1630
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P1631
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Actions Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Theft Deterrent
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Does Not Disarm with Key Lock
          • Test Description
        • Horn Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Lights Inoperative in Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Alarm Mode
        • Security Indicator Inoperative
        • Inclination Sensor Inoperative
        • Intrusion Sensor Inoperative
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Ajar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Intrusion Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation procedure
        • Theft Deterrent Inclination Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Replacing Keys
        • Adding Keys (Domestic)
        • Adding Keys (Export including Canada)
        • Programming Theft Deterrent System Components
          • Notes
          • Set Up a New Theft Deterrent Control Module
            • Notes
            • 10-Minute Relearn Procedure
          • 30-Minute Relearn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Theft Systems Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft System Indicators
            • Security
            • Service Theft System
            • Starting Disabled Remove Key
            • Theft Attempted
          • Keyless Entry System (w/AU0)
          • Radio with Theftlock
          • CTD/VTD Description and Operation
        • Content Theft Deterrent (CTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Arming the CTD System
          • Locking The Vehicle Without Arming The CTD System
          • Disarming An Armed System/Silencing An Alarm
          • Personalization
          • CTD Circuit Description
            • Notes
            • Dash Integration Module (DIM)
            • Door Latch Assembly
            • Door Lock Cylinder Switch
            • Hood Ajar Switch (RPO UA2)
            • Inclination Sensor (RPO UA2)
            • Intrusion Sensor (RPO UA2)
            • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
            • Remote Function Actuator (RFA) Module
            • Rear Compartment Tamper Switch
            • Theft Deterrent Alarm (Some Export Vehicles)
            • Inputs
            • Outputs
        • Vehicle Theft Deterrent (VTD) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Theft Deterrent Control Module
          • Module Substitution Deterrence w/UA2
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • The Ignition Key (Transponder)
            • Notes
            • Master Keys
            • Valet Keys
          • Ignition Lock Cylinder
          • Security Indicator Operation
            • Notes
            • Security Indicator Stays Illuminated and Engine Starts
            • Security Indicator Illuminates when Engine is Running
            • Security Indicator Illuminated and Engine Does Not Start
            • Security Indicator Flashes and Engine Does Not Start
  • Exterior Body Panels
    • Air/Wind Noise Symptoms
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Air/Wind Noise
        • Tracing Powder or Chalk Test
        • Air Pressure Test
        • Soap Suds or Bubble Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Exterior Wind Noise
        • Interior Wind Noise
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Body Front End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Hood Adjustment
        • Hood Bumper Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Hinge Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Adjustment
        • Hood Latch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Release Cable Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Latch Striker Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hood Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Rod Replacement - Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Rod Ball Stud Replacement - Hood
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheelhouse Liner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brace Replacement - Cross Vehicle
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seal Replacement - Hood Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fender Sound Insulator Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cowl Drain Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
    • Body Rear End
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Body Rear End Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Body Rear End Component Views
        • Body Rear End Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Body Rear End
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B2732
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Body Rear End
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Trunk Release Inoperative
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Always On
        • Trunk Ajar Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Compartment Lid Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Sill Plate Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Trim Panel Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Trim Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fuel Filler Door Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Lid Adjustment - Rear
          • Front-to-Rear, Side-to-Side
          • Up and Down Adjustment
        • Compartment Lid Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Strut Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (Coupe/Sedan)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pressure Relief Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Compartment Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Luggage Compartment Description and Operation
          • Rear Compartment Lid Release
    • Bumper System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Inspection After Collision
        • Energy Absorber Damage
      • Repair Instructions
        • Air Deflector Replacement - Front Bumper Fascia
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Close Out Panel - Front Bumper Fascia Lower
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Extension Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Reinforcement Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Front Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Extension Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fascia Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Energy Absorber Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Impact Bar Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Bracket Replacement - Rear Bumper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Bumper and Fascia Description
    • Squeaks And Rattles
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Squeaks and Rattles
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Water Leaks
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Waterleak Test Preparation
        • Dust Leaks
        • Water Hose Test
        • Air Hose Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Body Waterleak Repair
        • Stationary Window Waterleak Repair
  • Exterior/Interior Trim
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1586
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1591
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707 or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3064 or B3069
          • Circuit Description (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description (Export)
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152 or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3832 or B3833
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1713 or U1715
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1714 or U1716
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Up Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Deadbolt
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative - One
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DCM Programming/RPO Configuration
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (without UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (with UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Door Front/Rear
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Passenger Door Window Switches
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA)
          • Window Motors
          • Windows Express Down Feature
          • Windows Express Up Feature
          • Rear Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Power Door Lock Deadbolt Motors (Export)
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Central Door Lock and Deadbolt (Export)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar
          • Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar
          • Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Personalization - Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Personalization Option - Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Exterior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (w/o B57)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem/Nameplate Replacement - Rear Compartment Lid (with B57)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Emblem Replacement - Grille
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Hood Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Wheel Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Front Door Body Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rear Door Body Side
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Rocker Panel
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Molding Replacement - Roof Weld Joint Reveal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Fuel Level Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Instrument Cluster Schematics
        • Driver Information System Schematics
        • Audible Warnings Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
        • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0461 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0462 (2.8L and 3.6L (LY7))
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0463 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0464
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0521 (2.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0521 (3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P0522 (2.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0522 (3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523 (2.8L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0523 (3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0608
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2066 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC P2067 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P2068 (2.8L and 3.6L)
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
            • Notes
            • Driver Information Center
        • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
        • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
        • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
        • Chime Always On
        • Chime Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
        • Defroster Grille Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Indicator Lamp Replacement
        • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Ash Tray
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Front Floor
          • Repair Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
          • Repair Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Center Console End Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
          • Displays Test
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
          • Clock
          • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
          • Fuel Gage
          • Odometer
          • Speedometer
          • Tachometer
        • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Change Engine Oil
          • Ice Possible
          • km/h and MPH
          • Lateral Acceleration (JL4)
          • Low Fuel
          • Low Oil Level
          • Low Oil Pressure
          • Oil Pressure Low (JL4)
          • Oil Temperature Hot (JL4)
          • Service Vehicle Soon
          • TOP SPEED FUEL CUT OFF (Export Only)
          • VEHICLE OVERSPEED (Export Only)
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation (CTS and CTS-V)
          • Notes
          • Eng/Met
          • DIC Info
            • Notes
            • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
            • Average Vehicle Speed
            • Battery Voltage
            • Engine Oil Life
            • Fuel Range
            • Fuel Used
            • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
            • Trans Fluid
          • Reset
          • Timer
          • Trip
            • Notes
            • Trip Odometer A and Trip Odometer B
          • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation (CTS-V only)
          • Notes
          • RH Message Center
          • LH Message Center
        • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
          • Lights On Warning
          • Park Brake Warning
          • Additional Warnings
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Interior Trim
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Eliminating Unwanted Odors in Vehicles
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Front
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Retainer Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Floor Carpet Drying
        • Carpet Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Carpet Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Seat Cushion to Floorpan
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sound Barrier Replacement - Rear Wheelhouse - Upper
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Headliner Replacement - Cardboard Insulator
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Assist Handle Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Console Replacement - Overhead
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunshade Retainer Bezel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Windshield Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Center Pillar
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Garnish Molding Replacement - Body Side Rear Upper
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sail Panel Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shelf Carrier Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Rear Window Shelf
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Headliner Description
          • Formed Headliner
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Frames, Subframes & Crossmembers
    • Frame And Underbody
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Dimensions - Body
          • Notes
          • Point-to-Point Measurements
          • Dimensions - Underbody
      • Repair Instructions
        • Underbody Inspection
        • Frame Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Frame Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Support Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tow Hook Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Frame and Underbody Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mirrors
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1586
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1591
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707 or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3064 or B3069
          • Circuit Description (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description (Export)
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152 or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3832 or B3833
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1713 or U1715
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1714 or U1716
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Up Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Deadbolt
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative - One
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DCM Programming/RPO Configuration
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (without UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (with UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Door Front/Rear
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Passenger Door Window Switches
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA)
          • Window Motors
          • Windows Express Down Feature
          • Windows Express Up Feature
          • Rear Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Power Door Lock Deadbolt Motors (Export)
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Central Door Lock and Deadbolt (Export)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar
          • Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar
          • Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Personalization - Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Personalization Option - Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding/Lace Retainer Clip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7,DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Compass System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night, Compass, and OnStar® Switch Operation
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Seats
    • Seat System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Driver Seat Schematics
        • Passenger Seat Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Seat Systems Component Views
        • Power Seat Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seats
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1336
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1420
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B1735, B1740, B1745, B1750, B1755, B1760, B1815 or B1820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1825, B1850, B1860, B2355, B2365 or B2375
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1826, B1851, B1861, B2356, B2366 or B2376
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1830, B1835, B1840 or B1845
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B2757, B2762, B2767 or B2772
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Seats
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Seat Inoperative (with A45)
          • Test Description
        • Power Seat Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Memory Seat Feature Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (w/o A45)
        • Lumbar Support Inoperative (with A45)
          • Test Description
        • Heated Seat Always On
        • Heated Seat Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Heated Seat Temperature Adjustment Inoperative
        • Heated Seat Switch Mode Indicator Malfunction
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Seat Replacement - Bucket
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Frame Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Recliner Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Recliner Sensor Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Recliner Motor Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Trim Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lumbar Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Switch Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Adjuster Motor Replacement - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Cable Replacement - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sensor Replacement - Seat Adjuster Motor - Vertical
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sensor Replacement - Seat Adjuster Motor - Horizontal
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Memory Seat Calibration Procedure
        • Heated Seat Switch Replacement - Front
        • Seat Back Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Seat Cushion Heater Element Replacement - Front
        • Heated Seat Control Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Cover Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Front Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Cushion Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Release Latch Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Back Cover and Pad - Rear Split Folding
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Armrest Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Head Restraint Retainer Replacement - Rear Seat
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Seats System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • Motors
          • Horizontal
          • Rear Vertical
          • Front Vertical
          • Entire Seat Up or Down
          • Recline
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (w/o A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Power Lumbar Switch
          • Lumbar Motor
          • Lumbar Operation
        • Lumbar Support Description and Operation (with A45)
          • Lumbar Support Components
          • Lumbar Switch
          • Lumbar Motor
          • Lumbar Operation
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
        • Heated Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Power and Ground
          • Heated Seat Operation
          • Temperature Regulation
          • Load Management
        • Memory Seats Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Personalization - Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Personalization Option - Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Seat Adjuster Switch
          • MSM Power and Ground
          • Seat Motors
          • Position Sensors
          • Memory Functions
          • Recall Personalization
          • Memory Inhibit/Enable
  • Sun Roof/T-Top/Convertible Top
    • Power Roof System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Sunroof Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Roof Systems Component Views
        • Power Roof Systems Connector End Views
        • Power Sunroof Disassembled View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Roof
        • Symptoms - Roof
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Sunroof Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Operates Erratically
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Sunroof Switch Test
      • Repair Instructions
        • Sunroof Window Height and Opening Fit Adjustment
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Sunroof Track Timing/Synchronization
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Hose Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Drain Inspection and Cleaning
        • Sunroof Sunshade Panel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Air Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Panel Side Opening Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Window Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Replacement (Smart Motor)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process (Late)
        • Sunroof Motor/Actuator Initialization/Teach Process (Early)
        • Sunroof Module Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Sunroof Description and Operation
          • Power Sunroof System Components
          • Power Sunroof Operation
          • Sunroof Switch
          • Express Open
          • Express Fully Close
          • Express Vent Open
          • Override
          • Anti-Trap Guard
          • Sunroof Motor
          • Limit Switch
  • Windows
    • Door System, Mirror System & Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power Window Schematics
        • Door Lock/Indicator Schematics
        • Outside Mirror Schematics
        • Door Control Module Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Door Systems Component Views
        • Power Door Systems Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Doors
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1586
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1591
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • Notes
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1697, B1702, B1707 or B1712
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B1717
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3064 or B3069
          • Circuit Description (Domestic)
          • Circuit Description (Export)
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B3142, B3147, B3152 or B3157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3172, B3177, B3182, B3187, B3192, B3197, B3282, B3287, or B3292
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3377, B3382, B3387, B3392, B3397, B3452, B3457, B3462, B3467, B3472, B3477, B3482, B3517, or B3522
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3527
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B3832 or B3833
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC U1713 or U1715
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC U1714 or U1716
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Doors
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Power Windows Inoperative - All
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Express Up Function
        • Power Windows Inoperative - Lockout Function
          • Test Description
        • Power Window Inoperative from Master Switch
        • Power Window Inoperative - Passenger Door
          • Test Description
        • Door Ajar Indicator Malfunction
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Key Cylinder Switches
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Power Door Locks Inoperative - Deadbolt
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Automatic Door Locks Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Power Mirrors Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Folding Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Memory Recall Position Inaccurate
          • Test Description
        • Mirrors - Outside Automatic Day-Night Feature Inoperative
        • Power Mirrors - Mirror Tilt Inoperative in Reverse
        • Heated Mirrors Inoperative - One
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Power Window Switch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Door Lock Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Mirror Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Front Door Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Front Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trim Panel Replacement - Side Rear Door
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • DCM Programming/RPO Configuration
        • Energy Absorber Pad Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Deflector Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Adjustment
        • Door Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hinge Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Check Link Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Outside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Front Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Handle Replacement - Rear Inside
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (without UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Cylinder Replacement - Door (with UA2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Latch Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Striker Replacement - Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lock Striker Adjustment - Door
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wiring Harness Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Adjustment - Door
        • Window Motor Programming - Express Function
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Regulator Motor Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Front Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Replacement - Rear Door
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Front Door Front/Rear
        • Window/Division Channel - Rear Door Stationary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Window Channel Replacement - Rear Door Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Door Frame Applique Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Outer
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Window Belt Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Front Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sealing Strip Replacement - Rear Door Bottom Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Window - Inner
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Upper Auxiliary
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Front Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Weatherstrip Replacement - Rear Door Opening
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Replacement - Power
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Motor Replacement - Power Mirror
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mirror Face Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Windows Description and Operation
          • Power Windows System Components
          • Power Windows Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Window Motors Power and Ground
          • Passenger Door Window Switches
          • Driver Door Switch Assembly (DDSA)
          • Window Motors
          • Windows Express Down Feature
          • Windows Express Up Feature
          • Rear Window Lockout Feature
        • Power Door Locks Description and Operation
          • Power Door Lock Components
          • Door Lock System Controls
          • Power Door Lock Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Power Door Lock Switches
          • Power Door Lock Motors
          • Power Door Lock Deadbolt Motors (Export)
          • Automatic Door Locks
          • Anti-Lockout Feature
          • Central Door Unlock
          • Central Door Lock and Deadbolt (Export)
        • Door Ajar Indicator Description and Operation
          • Door Ajar Indicator System Components
          • Driver Door Ajar
          • Passenger Door Ajar
          • Left Rear Door Ajar
          • Right Rear Door Ajar
        • Outside Mirror Description and Operation
          • Outside Mirror System Components
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Operation
          • Door Modules Power and Ground
          • Outside Rearview Mirror Switches
          • Mirror Motors
          • Personalization - Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Personalization Option - Dash Integration Module (DIM)
          • Memory Mirrors Operation
          • Memory Mirrors - Parallel Parking Mode
          • Heated Mirrors
          • Power Folding Mirrors
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Stationary Window System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Defogger Schematics
        • Inside Rearview Mirror Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Stationary Windows Component Views
        • Stationary Windows Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Stationary Windows
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
        • Symptoms - Stationary Windows
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Defogger Inoperative - Rear Window
          • Test Description
        • Defogger Grid Lines Diagnosis
        • Mirrors - Automatic Day-Night Inoperative
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Mirrors - Compass Display Inoperative or Inaccurate
      • Repair Instructions
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Windshield Side Reveal Molding/Lace Retainer Clip Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Window Reveal Molding Replacement
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (UE1)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Replacement (DD7,DD8)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rearview Mirror Support Installation
        • Windshield Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Urethane Adhesive Installation of Stationary Windows
        • Rear Window Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Adhesive Service Kit Description
        • Full-Cut Method Description
        • Rear Window Defogger Description and Operation
          • Rear Defogger System Components
          • Rear Window Defogger Operation
        • Automatic Day-Night Mirror Description and Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Compass System Operation
          • Driver Outside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night System Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night and OnStar® Switch Operation
          • Inside Rearview Mirror with Automatic Day-Night, Compass, and OnStar® Switch Operation
        • Compass Calibration and Variance Procedure
          • Compass Calibration
          • Compass Magnetic Variation Adjustment
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Brakes
  • Anti-Lock Brakes
    • Antilock Brake System With Traction Control System & Vehicle Stability Enhancement System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • ABS Schematic Icons
        • ABS Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • ABS Component Views
        • ABS Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Diagnostic Test Drive
        • Enhanced Diagnostics
          • History Data
          • Diagnostic Strategy
        • DTC B0665
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0035-C0052
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0035, C0040, C0045, or C0050
            • C0036, C0037, C0041, C0042, C0046, C0047, C0051, or C0052
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0035, C0040, C0045, or C0050
            • C0036, C0041, C0046, or C0051
            • C0037, C0042, C0047, or C0052
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • C0035, C0040, C0045, or C0050
            • C0036, C0041, C0046, or C0051
            • C0037, C0042, C0047, or C0052
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0113-C0115
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0121
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0136
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0138 or C0139
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0138
            • DTC C0139
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0163 or C0164
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • DTC C0163
            • DTC C0164
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • DTC C0163
            • DTC C0164
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
            • DTC C0163
            • DTC C0164
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0186 or C0187
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
            • C0186
            • C0187
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0186
            • C0187
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0196
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0220-C0229
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0241 or P0856
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0242
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0243
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0244 or P1689
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0244
            • P1689
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0252
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0253 or C0254
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0253
            • C0254
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0281
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0460 or C0461
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • C0460
            • C0461
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0550
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0551
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0561
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0565
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC C0820
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0870
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0899
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC C0900
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1575
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • ABS Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • ABS Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Always On
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Inoperative
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Unwanted Activation
          • Circuit Description
          • Test Description
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Excessive Brake Pulsation
          • Circuit Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement (CTS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement (CTS-V)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (CTS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (CTS-V)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement (CTS-V)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Traction Control Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • ABS Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Initialization Sequence
          • Antilock Brake System
          • Pressure Hold
          • Pressure Decrease
          • Pressure Increase
          • Engine Drag Control (EDC)
          • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
          • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
          • ABS Indicator
          • Traction Control System Indicator
            • TRAC Off
          • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Mechanical - Hydraulic
    • Disc Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (JL9-16 Inch)
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications (JE5-17 Inch)
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications (JL9-16 Inch)
        • Disc Brake Component Specifications (JE5-17 Inch)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Disc Brakes
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement (JL9-16 Inch)
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Measurement (JE5-17 Inch)
        • Brake Rotor Thickness Variation Measurement
        • Brake Rotor Surface and Wear Inspection
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Measurement
        • Brake Pad Inspection
        • Brake Caliper Inspection (J56-Brembo)
        • Brake Caliper Inspection (JE5-17 Inch)
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front (J56-Brembo)
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Front (JE5-17 Inch)
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear (CTS)
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear (J56-Brembo)
        • Disc Brake Mounting and Hardware Inspection - Rear (JE5-17 Inch)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front (JL9-16 inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front (J56-Brembo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Front (JE5-17 Inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear (JL9-16 inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear (J56 Brembo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pads Replacement - Rear (JE5-17 Inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Burnishing Pads and Rotors
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front (JL9-16 inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front (J56 Brembo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Front (JE5-17 Inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear (J56-Brembo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Replacement - Rear (JE5-17 Inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front (CTS)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front (CTS-V)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Front (JE5-17 Inch)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear (JL9-16 inch)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear (J56 Brembo)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Overhaul - Rear (JE5-17 Inch)
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front (JL9-16 inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front (J56 Brembo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Front (JE5-17 Inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear (J56-Brembo)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Hardware Replacement - Rear (JE5-17 Inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front (JL9-16 Inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Front (JE5-17 Inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear (JL9-16 Inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Caliper Bracket Replacement - Rear (JE5-17 Inch)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Front
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Replacement - Rear
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Disc Brake Splash Shield Replacement - Front (FE1)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Indexing
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - Correction Plates
        • Brake Rotor Assembled Lateral Runout (LRO) Correction - On-Vehicle Lathe
        • Brake Rotor Refinishing
      • Description and Operation
        • Disc Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation (CTS)
          • System Operation (CTS-V)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Hydraulic Brake System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Brake Component Specifications
        • Brake System Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Brake Warning System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Hydraulic Brakes Component Views
        • Hydraulic Brakes Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Hydraulic Brakes
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0267
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Symptoms - Hydraulic Brakes
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Brake Warning Indicator Always On
        • Brake Warning Indicator Inoperative
        • Brake Pulsation
          • Test Description
        • Brake System Noise
        • Braking Action Uneven - Pulls to One Side
          • Test Description
        • Braking Action Uneven - Front to Rear
          • Test Description
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Travel
        • Brake Pedal Excessive Effort
        • Brakes Drag
        • Brake System Slow Release
        • Brake Fluid Loss
        • Disc Brake System Diagnosis
          • Test Description
        • Hydraulic Brake System Diagnosis
        • Brake Assist System Diagnosis
        • Brake System Vehicle Road Test
          • Preliminary Inspections
          • Road Testing Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Travel Measurement and Inspection
        • Brake System Vacuum Source Test (STS)
        • Brake System External Leak Inspection
        • Brake System Internal Leak Test
        • Hydraulic Brake Component Operation Visual Inspection
        • Brake Pipe and Hose Inspection
        • Brake Pedal Pushrod Inspection
      • Repair Instructions
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Filling
        • Master Cylinder Reservoir Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Master Cylinder Bench Bleeding
        • Master Cylinder Fluid Level Sensor Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement (LHD Automatic Trans)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement (RHD Automatic Trans)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement (w/Manual Transmission)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Pipe Replacement
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front (CTS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Front (CTS-V)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Intermediate (CTS)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Intermediate (CTS-V)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (CTS)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Brake Hose Replacement - Rear (CTS-V)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Manual)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Bleeding (Pressure)
        • Hydraulic Brake System Flushing
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (LHD)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Replacement (RHD)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vacuum Brake Booster Check Valve and/or Hose Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Brake Warning System Description and Operation
          • Brake System Indicators
            • Brake
            • Check Brake Fluid
        • Hydraulic Brake System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
        • Brake Assist System Description and Operation
          • System Component Description
          • System Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Parking Brake System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Park Brake
      • Symptoms - Park Brake
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptom List
      • Park Brake Will Not Hold or Release
      • Park Brake System Diagnosis
      • Park Brake Shoe Inspection
    • Repair Instructions
      • Park Brake Shoe Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Release Handle Assembly Replacement (LHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Release Handle Assembly Replacement (RHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Release Cable Replacement (LHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Release Cable Replacement (RHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement (LHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Pedal Assembly Replacement (RHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement (LHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Warning Lamp Switch Replacement (RHD)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Intermediate
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Left Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Replacement - Right Rear
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Cable Mounting Bracket Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Actuator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Backing Plate Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Park Brake Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Park Brake System Description and Operation
        • System Component Description
        • System Operation
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Antilock Brake System With Traction Control System & Vehicle Stability Enhancement System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • ABS Schematic Icons
      • ABS Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • ABS Component Views
      • ABS Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Antilock Brake System
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Diagnostic Test Drive
      • Enhanced Diagnostics
        • History Data
        • Diagnostic Strategy
      • DTC B0665
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0035-C0052
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C0035, C0040, C0045, or C0050
          • C0036, C0037, C0041, C0042, C0046, C0047, C0051, or C0052
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0035, C0040, C0045, or C0050
          • C0036, C0041, C0046, or C0051
          • C0037, C0042, C0047, or C0052
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • C0035, C0040, C0045, or C0050
          • C0036, C0041, C0046, or C0051
          • C0037, C0042, C0047, or C0052
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0113-C0115
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0121
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0136
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0138 or C0139
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC C0138
          • DTC C0139
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0163 or C0164
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • DTC C0163
          • DTC C0164
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC C0163
          • DTC C0164
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
          • DTC C0163
          • DTC C0164
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0186 or C0187
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • C0186
          • C0187
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0186
          • C0187
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0196
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0220-C0229
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0241 or P0856
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0242
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0243
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0244 or P1689
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0244
          • P1689
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0252
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0253 or C0254
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0253
          • C0254
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0281
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0460 or C0461
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • C0460
          • C0461
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0550
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0551
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0561
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0565
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC C0820
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0870
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0899
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC C0900
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1575
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Antilock Brake System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • ABS Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • ABS Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Control Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Control Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Traction Off Indicator Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Unwanted Activation
        • Circuit Description
        • Test Description
      • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System Excessive Brake Pulsation
        • Circuit Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • ABS Automated Bleed Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement (CTS)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Electronic Brake Control Module Replacement (CTS-V)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (CTS)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Replacement (CTS-V)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Brake Pressure Modulator Valve (BPMV) Bracket Replacement (CTS-V)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Traction Control Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Yaw Rate Sensor/Lateral Accelerometer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • ABS Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Initialization Sequence
        • Antilock Brake System
        • Pressure Hold
        • Pressure Decrease
        • Pressure Increase
        • Engine Drag Control (EDC)
        • Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP)
        • Traction Control System (TCS) (NW9)
        • ABS Indicator
        • Traction Control System Indicator
          • TRAC Off
        • Vehicle Stability Enhancement System (VSES)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Drivelines & Axles
  • Axle Shafts
    • Wheel Drive Shafts
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Wheel Drive Shafts
        • Clunk When Accelerating from Coast
        • Shudder or Vibration During Acceleration
      • Repair Instructions
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Inner Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Drive Shaft Outer Joint and Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Disassembly Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Wheel Drive Shafts Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Seal and Clamp
          • Inner Joint
          • Outer Joint
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Differentials & Drive Axles
    • Drive Axle - Locking/Limited Slip
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Lubrication Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Limited Slip Differential Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
        • Symptoms - Locking/Limited Slip Rear Axle
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Limited Slip Differential Diagnosis
        • Limited Slip Differential Chatters in Turns
      • Repair Instructions
        • Limited Slip Differential Disassemble
        • Limited Slip Differential Cleaning and Inspection
        • Limited Slip Differential Assemble
      • Description and Operation
        • Limited Slip Differential Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Rear Drive Axle
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Rear Axle Specifications
        • Rear Axle Usage
        • Spacer and Shim Specifications
        • Lubrication Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Rear Axle Disassembled Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Rear Drive Axle
        • Symptoms - Rear Drive Axle
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Noisy in Drive
        • Noisy When Coasting
        • Intermittent Noise
        • Constant Noise
        • Noisy on Turns
        • Rear Axle Lubricant Leak Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Lubricant Change
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Lubricant Level Inspection - Rear Drive Axle
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Output Shaft Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Pinion Flange/Yoke and/or Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rear Axle - Disassemble
        • Ring Gear and Differential Housing Disassemble
        • Drive Pinion Disassemble
        • Differential Case Cleaning and Inspection
          • Differential Case
          • Bearings and Races
        • Differential Housing Cleaning and Inspection
          • Differential Housing
          • Differential Carrier Cover
          • Drive Pinion Carrier
        • Differential Housing Support Bushing Replacement (Steel Cage Bushing)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Pinion Depth Adjustment
        • Differential Side Bearing Preload Adjustment
        • Differential Side Bearings Assemble
        • Ring Gear and Differential Housing Assemble
        • Drive Pinion Assemble
        • Rear Axle - Assemble
        • Backlash Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Drive Axle Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Driveshaft & Universal Joints
    • Propeller Shaft And Universal Joints
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Component Locator
        • Driveline Disassembled Views (CTS)
        • Driveline Disassembled Views (CTSV)
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Propeller Shaft
        • Symptoms - Propeller Shaft (CTS)
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Symptoms - Propeller Shaft (CTSV)
          • Notes
          • Classifying the Symptom
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Universal Joint Noise
        • Ping, Snap, or Click Noise (CTSV)
        • Ping, Snap, or Click Noise (CTS)
        • Knock or Clunk Noise (CTS)
        • Knock or Clunk Noise (CTSV)
        • Scraping Noise (CTS)
        • Scraping Noise (CTSV)
        • Squeak Noise (CTS)
        • Squeak Noise (CTSV)
        • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed (CTS)
        • Shudder on Acceleration at Low Speed (CTSV)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement (Automatic Transmission)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement (Manual Transmission)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Replacement (CTS-V)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Propeller Shaft Center Support Bearing Overhaul
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Clean and Inspect
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Propeller Shaft Description and Operation (CTS)
          • Notes
          • Two Piece Propeller Shaft Description
          • Propeller Shaft Phasing Description
          • Universal Joint Description
          • Center Bearing Description
        • Propeller Shaft Description and Operation (CTSV)
          • Notes
          • Propeller Shaft Description
          • Propeller Shaft Phasing Description
          • Center Bearing Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Electrical
  • Body Electrical
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing or 12 Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (MV1) (Manual Transmission)
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (MV1) (Manual Transmission)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View (MV1) (Manual Transmission)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View (CE4)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Left (XA7)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Right (XA7)
        • Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Module Connector End View (LHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Module Connector End View (RHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View (LHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View (RHD)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (2.8L/3.6L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (2.8L/3.6L)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U57)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U66)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U57)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U66)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U57)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U66)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K/U2L)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (U57)
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C3
        • Radio Connector End View C4 (Export w/U2X/U2Y)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Front Center (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left A Pillar Tweeter (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left A Pillar Tweeter (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Subwoofer (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Subwoofer (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right A Pillar Tweeter (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right A Pillar Tweeter (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (LP1/LY7)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (LS6)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (LP1/LY7)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (LS6)
        • C101 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C103 I/P Harness to Battery Harness Connector End View
        • C104 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C105 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C107 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C108 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Repeater Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Repeater Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C112 Engine to CAM Sensor Connector End View (LS2)
        • C113 Forward Lamp Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C120 Engine Harness to POA Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C121 Engine Harness to Injector Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C131 Engine Harness to Odd Ignition Coils Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C132 Engine Harness to Even Ignition Coils Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C133 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View - Left
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View - Right
        • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Steering Column Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C204 Sunload Sensor Jumper Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C208 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Controls Harness Connector End View
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C301 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C303 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View - Center
        • C304 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C307 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C309 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C311 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C312 Console Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Harness Connector End View (LHD)
        • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Harness Connector End View (RHD)
        • C322 Body Harness to Rear Shelf Harness Connector End View
        • C323 I/P Harness to HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C410 Body Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C411 Body Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C420 Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C421 Body Harness to License Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
        • C421 Body Harness to License Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C422 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP102 Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • Splice Pack SP200 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP303 Connector End View (Indexing May Vary)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (w/o LS2)
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (M35/M12-MN6)
        • Generator Connector End View (LS2)
        • Generator Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • Starter Solenoid Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C5 (A45)
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly Connector End View (DDSA)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C5 (A45)
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) Connector End View C1
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) Connector End View C2
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) Connector End View C3
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) Connector End View C1
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) Connector End View C2
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) Connector End View C3
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Passenger
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Passenger
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Driver
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Passenger
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Passenger Presence System Module Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Passenger
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (Export w/UA2)
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View (Export w/UA2)
        • Intrusion Sensor Connector End View (Export w/UA2/UA6)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Connector End View (Export w/UA2)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Seat Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Seat Cushion - Front
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Seat Back
        • Heated Seat Element - Front Passenger Seat Cushion Connector End View - Front
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (KA1)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AL2)
        • Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Memory/Personalization Function Switch Connector End View (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C1 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C2 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C3 (A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (LHD w/AH8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (RHD w/AH8)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Reverse Lockout Solenoid Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Skip Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View (FE3) (w/o LS2)
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pulse-Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM) Connector End View (UE1)
        • Electronic PRNDL Connector End View (M82)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (LP1/LY7/LS6)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LS6)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Secondary Fuel Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View (M12/MN6)
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right (w/o V92)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right (V92)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Auxiliary (V92)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UAV)
        • Sunshade Connector End View - Driver
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LS2)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Passenger
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks Connector End View (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • Radio Connector End View C4 (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • TV Antenna Module Connector End View (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C1 (6.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C2 (6.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C3 (6.0L)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4/J56)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (M12/MN6)
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (M35)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Rear Compartment
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LR (Export w/T79)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RR (Export w/T79)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (w/o HID/TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (w/HID w/o TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (Export w/TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (w/o HID/TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (w/HID w/o TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (Export w/TR7)
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Front (Export w/TR7)
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Rear (Export w/TR7)
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Overhead Console Connector End View
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export w/T90)
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export w/T90)
        • Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Vanity Lamp Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Lamp Right Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left (Domestic)
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right (Domestic)
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View (Domestic)
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View (Export w/T62/T65)
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (RHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2 (RHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3 (RHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (RHD)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Assembly Connector End View (M82)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (LS2)
        • Sunroof Control Switch Connector End View (CF5)
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Left Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Steering Column
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoids Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensors Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Fuel Injectors Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensors (HO2S) Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Ignition Coils Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Ignition Coil/Module Odd Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Ignition Coil/Module Even Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Connector End View C1
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Connector End View C2
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Connector End View C3
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) Connector End View C1
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) Connector End View C2
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Left Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Right Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Steering Column
    • Wiring Systems - Power And Ground, Inline Harness And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
    • Wiring Systems - Testing, Diagnosis & Repair
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Tools Required
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Charging Systems
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1513
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1514
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1668
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Shield Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description (LS6) / (LS2)
          • Regulated Voltage Control (RVC)
          • Circuit Description (LY7)
          • Charging System Indicators
            • Notes
            • Battery Not Charging - 7
            • Battery Saver Active - 27
            • Battery Voltage High - 8
            • Battery Voltage Low - 6
            • Service Charging SYS - 102
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
          • Load-Shed
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Component Locations
    • Diagnostic Connector (DLC) Locations
      • Domestic Cars
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Domestic Light Trucks & Vans
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
      • Imported Cars & Trucks
        • ACURA
        • AUDI
        • BENTLEY
        • BMW
        • DAIHATSU
        • CHRYSLER Group LLC
        • FERRARI
        • Ford Motor Co.
        • General Motors
        • HONDA
        • HYUNDAI
        • INFINITI
        • ISUZU
        • Jaguar
        • KIA
        • Land Rover
        • LEXUS
        • MAZDA
        • MERCEDES-BENZ
        • MITSUBISHI
        • NISSAN
        • PEUGEOT
        • PORSCHE
        • RENAULT
        • Rolls-ROYCE
        • SAAB
        • SUBARU
        • SUZUKI
        • TOYOTA
        • VOLKSWAGEN
        • VOLVO
    • Electrical Component Locator
      • Buzzers, Relays & Timers
      • Circuit Protection Devices
      • Control Units
      • Motors
      • Sending Units & Sensors
      • Solenoids & Solenoid Valves
      • Switches
      • Miscellaneous
      • Connectors
      • Grounds
      • Splices
      • Component Location Graphics
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Left Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Right Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Steering Column
  • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
    • Fuses & Circuit Breakers
      • Identification
        • Notes
        • Fusible Link
        • Left Rear Fuse Block
        • Right Rear Fuse Block
        • Steering Column Fuse Block
        • UNDERHOOD Fuse Block
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Left Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Right Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Steering Column
  • Instrument Panel System Displays, Gauges And Console
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Fuel Level Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Instrument Cluster Schematics
      • Driver Information System Schematics
      • Audible Warnings Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Component Views
      • Instrument Panel, Gages, and Console Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • DTC P0461 (2.8L and 3.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0462 (2.8L and 3.6L (LY7))
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0463 (2.8L and 3.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0464
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0521 (2.8L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0521 (3.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0522 (2.8L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0522 (3.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0523 (2.8L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0523 (3.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0608
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2066 (2.8L and 3.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2067 (2.8L and 3.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2068 (2.8L and 3.6L)
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Symptoms - Instrument Panel, Gages and Console
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
          • Notes
          • Driver Information Center
      • Fuel Gage Inaccurate or Inoperative
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Gages Inoperative
      • Tachometer Inaccurate or Inoperative
      • Engine Oil Pressure Indicator Always On
      • MPH (Km/h) Indicator Inoperative
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Switch(es) Inoperative
      • Chime Always On
      • Chime Inoperative
    • Repair Instructions
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Closeout/Insulator Panel Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Knee Bolster Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Knee Bolster Bracket Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Center
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Panel Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Cluster
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Right
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Outer Trim Cover Replacement - Left
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Compartment Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Handle Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Compartment
      • Defroster Grille Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Sunload and Twilight Sentinel Sensor Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Retainer Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Indicator Lamp Replacement
      • Latch Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) Ash Tray
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Instrument Panel (I/P) Carrier Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Trim Plate Replacement - Console
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Replacement - Front Floor
        • Repair Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Console Armrest Replacement - Front Floor
        • Repair Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Center Console End Panel Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Description and Operation
        • Displays Test
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
        • Clock
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Gage
        • Fuel Gage
        • Odometer
        • Speedometer
        • Tachometer
      • Indicator/Warning Message Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Change Engine Oil
        • Ice Possible
        • km/h and MPH
        • Lateral Acceleration (JL4)
        • Low Fuel
        • Low Oil Level
        • Low Oil Pressure
        • Oil Pressure Low (JL4)
        • Oil Temperature Hot (JL4)
        • Service Vehicle Soon
        • TOP SPEED FUEL CUT OFF (Export Only)
        • VEHICLE OVERSPEED (Export Only)
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation (CTS and CTS-V)
        • Notes
        • Eng/Met
        • DIC Info
          • Notes
          • Average Fuel Economy (AFE)
          • Average Vehicle Speed
          • Battery Voltage
          • Engine Oil Life
          • Fuel Range
          • Fuel Used
          • Instantaneous Fuel Economy (IFE)
          • Trans Fluid
        • Reset
        • Timer
        • Trip
          • Notes
          • Trip Odometer A and Trip Odometer B
        • Indicators and Warning Messages
      • Driver Information Center (DIC) Description and Operation (CTS-V only)
        • Notes
        • RH Message Center
        • LH Message Center
      • Audible Warnings Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Fasten Safety Belt Warning
        • Lights On Warning
        • Park Brake Warning
        • Additional Warnings
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Horns
    • Horn System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Horns Schematic Icons
        • Horns Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Horns Component Views
        • Horns Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Horns
        • Symptoms - Horns
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Horns Always On
          • Test Description
        • Horns Inoperative
          • Test Description
        • Horns - Poor Tone
      • Repair Instructions
        • Horn Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Horns System Description and Operation
          • System Description
          • System Operation
          • Circuit Operation
  • Motors, Switches, Relays
    • Accessory Power Socket
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Cigar Lighter/Auxiliary Outlets Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Power Outlet Component Views
        • Power Outlet Connector End Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Cigar Lighter Housing or 12 Volt Accessory Power Receptacle Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (MV1) (Manual Transmission)
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (MV1) (Manual Transmission)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View (MV1) (Manual Transmission)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View (CE4)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Left (XA7)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Right (XA7)
        • Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Module Connector End View (LHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Module Connector End View (RHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View (LHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View (RHD)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (2.8L/3.6L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (2.8L/3.6L)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U57)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U66)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U57)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U66)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U57)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U66)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K/U2L)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (U57)
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C3
        • Radio Connector End View C4 (Export w/U2X/U2Y)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Front Center (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left A Pillar Tweeter (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left A Pillar Tweeter (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Subwoofer (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Subwoofer (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right A Pillar Tweeter (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right A Pillar Tweeter (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (LP1/LY7)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (LS6)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (LP1/LY7)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (LS6)
        • C101 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C103 I/P Harness to Battery Harness Connector End View
        • C104 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C105 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C107 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C108 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Repeater Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Repeater Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C112 Engine to CAM Sensor Connector End View (LS2)
        • C113 Forward Lamp Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C120 Engine Harness to POA Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C121 Engine Harness to Injector Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C131 Engine Harness to Odd Ignition Coils Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C132 Engine Harness to Even Ignition Coils Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C133 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View - Left
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View - Right
        • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Steering Column Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C204 Sunload Sensor Jumper Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C208 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Controls Harness Connector End View
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C301 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C303 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View - Center
        • C304 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C307 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C309 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C311 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C312 Console Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Harness Connector End View (LHD)
        • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Harness Connector End View (RHD)
        • C322 Body Harness to Rear Shelf Harness Connector End View
        • C323 I/P Harness to HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C410 Body Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C411 Body Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C420 Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C421 Body Harness to License Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
        • C421 Body Harness to License Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C422 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP102 Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • Splice Pack SP200 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP303 Connector End View (Indexing May Vary)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (w/o LS2)
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (M35/M12-MN6)
        • Generator Connector End View (LS2)
        • Generator Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • Starter Solenoid Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C5 (A45)
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly Connector End View (DDSA)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C5 (A45)
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) Connector End View C1
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) Connector End View C2
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) Connector End View C3
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) Connector End View C1
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) Connector End View C2
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) Connector End View C3
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Passenger
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Passenger
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Driver
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Passenger
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Passenger Presence System Module Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Passenger
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (Export w/UA2)
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View (Export w/UA2)
        • Intrusion Sensor Connector End View (Export w/UA2/UA6)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Connector End View (Export w/UA2)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Seat Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Seat Cushion - Front
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Seat Back
        • Heated Seat Element - Front Passenger Seat Cushion Connector End View - Front
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (KA1)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AL2)
        • Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Memory/Personalization Function Switch Connector End View (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C1 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C2 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C3 (A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (LHD w/AH8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (RHD w/AH8)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Reverse Lockout Solenoid Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Skip Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View (FE3) (w/o LS2)
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pulse-Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM) Connector End View (UE1)
        • Electronic PRNDL Connector End View (M82)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (LP1/LY7/LS6)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LS6)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Secondary Fuel Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View (M12/MN6)
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right (w/o V92)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right (V92)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Auxiliary (V92)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UAV)
        • Sunshade Connector End View - Driver
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LS2)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Passenger
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks Connector End View (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • Radio Connector End View C4 (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • TV Antenna Module Connector End View (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C1 (6.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C2 (6.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C3 (6.0L)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4/J56)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (M12/MN6)
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (M35)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Rear Compartment
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LR (Export w/T79)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RR (Export w/T79)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (w/o HID/TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (w/HID w/o TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (Export w/TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (w/o HID/TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (w/HID w/o TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (Export w/TR7)
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Front (Export w/TR7)
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Rear (Export w/TR7)
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Overhead Console Connector End View
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export w/T90)
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export w/T90)
        • Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Vanity Lamp Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Lamp Right Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left (Domestic)
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right (Domestic)
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View (Domestic)
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View (Export w/T62/T65)
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (RHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2 (RHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3 (RHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (RHD)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Assembly Connector End View (M82)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (LS2)
        • Sunroof Control Switch Connector End View (CF5)
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Left Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Steering Column
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoids Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensors Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Fuel Injectors Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensors (HO2S) Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Ignition Coils Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Ignition Coil/Module Odd Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Ignition Coil/Module Even Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Connector End View C1
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Connector End View C2
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Connector End View C3
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) Connector End View C1
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) Connector End View C2
    • Wiring Systems - Component Views
      • Master Electrical Component List
      • Power and Grounding Component Views
      • Electrical Center Identification Views
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Label
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Top View
        • Fuse Block - Underhood Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Left Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Left Rear Bottom View
          • Notes
          • Fuse Block - Right Rear Label
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Top View
        • Fuse Block - Right Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block - Steering Column
    • Wiring Systems - Power And Ground, Inline Harness And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
    • Wiring Systems - Testing, Diagnosis & Repair
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Passenger Car Zoning
        • Electrical Symbols
        • General Electrical Diagnosis Procedures
          • Basic Knowledge Required
        • Checking Aftermarket Accessories
        • Circuit Testing
        • Using Connector Test Adapters
        • Probing Electrical Connectors
          • Notes
          • Frontprobe
          • Backprobe
        • Troubleshooting with a Digital Multimeter
        • Troubleshooting with a Test Lamp
        • Using Fused Jumper Wires
        • Measuring Voltage
        • Measuring Voltage Drop
        • Measuring Frequency
        • Testing for Continuity
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
        • Testing for Short to Ground
          • Notes
          • With a DMM
          • With a Test Lamp
          • Fuse Powering Several Loads
        • Testing for a Short to Voltage
        • Testing for Intermittent Conditions and Poor Connections
          • Notes
          • Testing for Proper Terminal Contact
            • Notes
            • Round Wire Connectors
          • Control Module/Component Voltage and Grounds
          • Temperature Sensitivity
          • Electromagnetic Interference (EMI) and Electrical Noise
          • Incorrect Control Module
        • Inducing Intermittent Fault Conditions
          • Notes
          • Salt Water Spray
          • High Temperature Conditions
          • Low Temperature Conditions
          • Duplicating Failure Conditions
        • Testing for Electrical Intermittents
        • Scan Tool Snapshot Procedure
          • Notes
          • Vehicle Data Recorder
        • Circuit Protection - Fuses
        • Circuit Protection - Circuit Breakers
        • Circuit Protection - Fusible Links
          • Notes
          • Repairing a Fusible Link
        • Wiring Repairs
        • Repairing Damaged Wire Insulation
        • Flat Wire Repairs
        • GMLAN Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • GMLAN Repairs
          • GMLAN Connector Terminal Repair
          • GMLAN Wire Repair
        • High Temperature Wiring Repairs
          • Tools Required
          • High Temperature Wiring
          • Identifying High Temperature Wiring
          • High Temperature Wire Repair
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Wiring Repairs
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Clips
        • Splicing Copper Wire Using Splice Sleeves
        • Splicing Twisted or Shielded Cable
        • Splicing Inline Harness Diodes
        • SIR/SRS Wiring Repairs
          • Notes
          • SIR/SRS Connector Repair (Plastic Body and Terminal Metal Pin)
          • SIR/SRS Wire Pigtail Repair
          • SIR/SRS Wire Repair
          • SIR/SRS System Wire Splice Repair
          • Connector Position Assurance (CPA)
          • Terminal Position Assurance (TPA)
        • Connector Repairs
          • Notes
          • Identifying Connectors
        • Connector Position Assurance Locks
        • Terminal Position Assurance Locks
        • Bosch Connectors (BSK)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (0.64)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Bosch Connectors (2.8 JPT)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Weather Pack)
          • Tools Required
        • Delphi Connectors (Push To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Reinstalling Terminal
        • Delphi Connectors (Pull To Seat)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal
          • Terminal Repair
          • Terminal Installation
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro-Pack 100W)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
          • Terminal Replacement Procedure
        • Delphi Connectors (Micro .64)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (Sensor)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (025 Cap)
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Tyco/AMP Connectors (CM 42-Way)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Yazaki Connectors
          • Tools Required
          • Terminal Removal Procedure
          • Terminal Repair Procedure
        • Repairing Connector Terminals
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Power and Grounding Schematic Icons
        • Power Distribution Schematics
        • Ground Distribution Schematics
        • Harness Routing Views
      • Repair Instructions
        • Relay Replacement (Within an Electrical Center)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Relay Replacement (Attached to Wire Harness)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Underhood Electrical Center or Junction Block Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1513
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1514
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1668
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Shield Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description (LS6) / (LS2)
          • Regulated Voltage Control (RVC)
          • Circuit Description (LY7)
          • Charging System Indicators
            • Notes
            • Battery Not Charging - 7
            • Battery Saver Active - 27
            • Battery Voltage High - 8
            • Battery Voltage Low - 6
            • Service Charging SYS - 102
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
          • Load-Shed
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wiring Diagrams
    • OEM Connector End Views
      • Connector End Views
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (MV1) (Manual Transmission)
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (MV1) (Manual Transmission)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View (MV1) (Manual Transmission)
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Actuator Connector End View
        • Rear Compartment Lid Release Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View (CE4)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Left (XA7)
        • Heated Washer Nozzle Connector End View - Right (XA7)
        • Washer Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Windshield Washer Fluid Pump Connector End View
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Module Connector End View (LHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Module Connector End View (RHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View (LHD)
        • Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch Connector End View (RHD)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C1 (2.8L/3.6L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View C2 (2.8L/3.6L)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U57)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C1 (U66)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U57)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C2 (U66)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U57)
        • Audio Amplifier Connector End View C3 (U66)
        • Digital Radio Receiver Connector End View (U2K/U2L)
        • Noise Compensation Microphone Connector End View (U57)
        • Radio Antenna Module Connector End View
        • Radio Connector End View C1
        • Radio Connector End View C2
        • Radio Connector End View C3
        • Radio Connector End View C4 (Export w/U2X/U2Y)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Front Center (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left A Pillar Tweeter (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Left A Pillar Tweeter (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LF Door (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - LR Door
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Subwoofer (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Rear Subwoofer (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RF Door (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right A Pillar Tweeter (U57)
        • Speaker Connector End View - Right A Pillar Tweeter (U66)
        • Speaker Connector End View - RR Door
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (LP1/LY7)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Left (LS6)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (LP1/LY7)
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (LS6)
        • C101 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C102 Engine Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C103 I/P Harness to Battery Harness Connector End View
        • C104 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C105 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C107 Engine Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C108 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Front Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C109 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Front Turn Signal/Fog Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C110 Forward Lamp Harness to Left Repeater Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C111 Forward Lamp Harness to Right Repeater Lamp Jumper Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C112 Engine to CAM Sensor Connector End View (LS2)
        • C113 Forward Lamp Harness to Engine Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C120 Engine Harness to POA Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C121 Engine Harness to Injector Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C131 Engine Harness to Odd Ignition Coils Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C132 Engine Harness to Even Ignition Coils Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C133 Engine Harness to Knock Sensor Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C200 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View - Left
        • C201 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View - Right
        • C202 I/P Harness to Steering Column Harness Connector End View
        • C203 Steering Column Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C204 Sunload Sensor Jumper Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C208 Steering Column Harness to Steering Wheel Controls Harness Connector End View
        • C300 Body Harness to Driver Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C301 Driver Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C303 Body Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View - Center
        • C304 Console Harness to I/P Harness Connector End View
        • C305 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C306 Passenger Seat Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C307 Body Harness to Passenger Seat Harness Connector End View
        • C308 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C309 Headliner Harness to Sunroof Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C310 Sunroof Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (CF5)
        • C311 Headliner Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C312 Console Harness to Body Harness Connector End View
        • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Harness Connector End View (LHD)
        • C321 I/P Harness to HVAC Harness Connector End View (RHD)
        • C322 Body Harness to Rear Shelf Harness Connector End View
        • C323 I/P Harness to HVAC Harness Connector End View
        • C410 Body Harness to Left Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C411 Body Harness to Right Tail Lamp Harness Connector End View
        • C420 Fuel Tank Harness to Body Harness Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • C421 Body Harness to License Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Domestic)
        • C421 Body Harness to License Lamp Assembly Harness Connector End View (Export)
        • C422 Body Harness to Fuel Tank Harness Connector End View (LS2)
        • C500 Body Harness to Left Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C501 Left Front Door Harness to Left Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C600 Body Harness to Right Front Door Harness Connector End View
        • C601 Right Front Door Harness to Right Front Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C700 Body Harness to Left Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C701 Left Rear Door Harness to Left Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • C800 Body Harness to Right Rear Door Harness Connector End View
        • C801 Right Rear Door Harness to Right Rear Door Trim Harness Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP102 Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • Splice Pack SP200 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP300 Connector End View
        • Splice Pack SP303 Connector End View (Indexing May Vary)
        • Ignition Switch Connector End View
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator Connector End View (w/o LS2)
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (M35/M12-MN6)
        • Generator Connector End View (LS2)
        • Generator Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • Starter Solenoid Connector End View
        • Brake Fluid Level Switch Connector End View
        • Park Brake Switch Connector End View
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Door Latch Assembly Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Door Lock Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C1
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C2
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C3
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C4
        • Driver Door Module (DDM) Connector End View C5 (A45)
        • Driver Door Switch Assembly Connector End View (DDSA)
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C1
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C2
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C3
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C4
        • Front Passenger Door Module (FPDM) Connector End View C5 (A45)
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) Connector End View C1
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) Connector End View C2
        • Left Rear Door Module (LRDM) Connector End View C3
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) Connector End View C1
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) Connector End View C2
        • Right Rear Door Module (RRDM) Connector End View C3
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Window Motor Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Motor Connector End View - LR
        • Window Motor Connector End View - RR
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Front Passenger
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Left Rear
        • Window Switch Connector End View - Right Rear
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Discriminating Sensor Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint I/P Module Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Connector End View - Passenger
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM) Connector End View
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Driver
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Connector End View - Passenger
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Driver
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensing Module (SISM) Connector End View - Passenger
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C1
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Connector End View C2
        • Passenger Presence System Module Connector End View
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Belt Pretensioner Connector End View - Passenger
        • Hood Ajar Switch Connector End View (Export w/UA2)
        • Inclination Sensor Connector End View (Export w/UA2)
        • Intrusion Sensor Connector End View (Export w/UA2/UA6)
        • Theft Deterrent Alarm Connector End View (Export w/UA2)
        • Theft Deterrent Control Module Connector End View
        • Auxiliary Power Outlet Connector End View
        • Cigar Lighter Connector End View
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Seat Back
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Driver Seat Cushion - Front
        • Heated Seat Element Connector End View - Front Passenger Seat Back
        • Heated Seat Element - Front Passenger Seat Cushion Connector End View - Front
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C1 (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Driver C2 (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C1 (KA1)
        • Heated Seat Module Connector End View - Front Passenger C2 (KA1)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (AL2)
        • Lumbar Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (AL2)
        • Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Lumbar Motor Connector End View - Passenger
        • Memory/Personalization Function Switch Connector End View (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C1 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C2 (A45)
        • Memory Seat Module (MSM) Connector End View C3 (A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/o A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (LHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Driver (RHD w/A45)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (LHD w/AH8)
        • Seat Adjuster Switch Connector End View - Passenger (RHD w/AH8)
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Front Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Front Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Horizontal Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Horizontal Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Rear Vertical Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Rear Vertical Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Driver
        • Seat Recline Motor Connector End View - Passenger (AH8)
        • Seat Recline Position Sensor Connector End View - Driver (A45)
        • Clutch Pedal Position (CPP) Switch Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Reverse Lockout Solenoid Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Skip Shift Solenoid Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Connector End View (Manual Transmission)
        • Horn Assembly Connector End View
        • Variable Effort Steering Actuator Connector End View (FE3) (w/o LS2)
        • Transmission Control Module Connector End View
        • Transmission Manual Shift Shaft Switch Assembly Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 1-2 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 2-3 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • 4-5 Shift Solenoid (SS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Pressure Control Solenoid (PCS) Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Torque Converter Clutch (TCC) Pulse-Width Modulated (PWM) Solenoid Valve Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Output Speed Sensor (OSS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Input Speed Sensor (ISS) Connector End View, Wiring Harness Side
        • Transmission Side Connector End View
        • Engine Side Connector End View
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C1
        • Rear Window Defogger Connector End View C2
        • Inside Rearview Mirror (ISRVM) Connector End View (UE1)
        • Electronic PRNDL Connector End View (M82)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (LP1/LY7/LS6)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (LS6)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Instrument Panel Cluster (IPC) Connector End View
        • Secondary Fuel Sender Assembly Connector End View
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Connector End View (M12/MN6)
        • Seat Belt Switch Connector End View - Driver
        • Coolant Level Switch Connector End View
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Left
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right (w/o V92)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Right (V92)
        • Cooling Fan Connector End View - Auxiliary (V92)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C1 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C2 (UE1)
        • Vehicle Communication Interface Module (VCIM) Connector End View C3 (UAV)
        • Sunshade Connector End View - Driver
        • A/C Compressor Clutch Connector End View
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LP1/LY7)
        • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Connector End View (LS2)
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Driver
        • Air Temperature Actuator Connector End View - Passenger
        • Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View - Inside
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Connector End View
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Connector End View
        • Evaporator Temperature Sensor Connector End View
        • HVAC Control Module Connector End View
        • Mode Actuator Connector End View
        • Recirculation Actuator Connector End View
        • Sunload Sensor Connector End View
        • Auxiliary RCA Video Jacks Connector End View (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • Radio Connector End View C4 (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • Traffic Information Receiver Connector End View (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • TV Antenna Module Connector End View (Export w/U2Y/U2X)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C1 (6.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C2 (6.0L)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End View - C3 (6.0L)
        • Brake Fluid Pressure Sensor Connector End View
        • Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor Connector End View
        • Electronic Brake Control Module (EBCM) Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Connector End View (JL4)
        • Traction Control Switch Connector End View
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - LR
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RF
        • Wheel Speed Sensor (WSS) Connector End View - RR
        • Yaw Rate and Lateral Acceleration Sensor Connector End View (JL4/J56)
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • Backup Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (M12/MN6)
        • Backup Lamp Switch Connector End View (M35)
        • Center High Mounted Stop Lamp (CHMSL) Connector End View
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Front Door
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Left Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Right Footwell
        • Courtesy Lamp Connector End View - Rear Compartment
        • Dome Lamp Connector End View - Rear
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - LR (Export w/T79)
        • Fog Lamp Connector End View - RR (Export w/T79)
        • Hazard Switch Connector End View
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (w/o HID/TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (w/HID w/o TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Left (Export w/TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (w/o HID/TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (w/HID w/o TR7)
        • Headlamp Connector End View - Right (Export w/TR7)
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Front (Export w/TR7)
        • Headlamp Leveling Sensor Connector End View - Rear (Export w/TR7)
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Left
        • License Lamp Connector End View - Right
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Marker Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Overhead Console Connector End View
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export w/T90)
        • Repeater Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export w/T90)
        • Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Vanity Lamp Left Connector End View
        • Vanity Lamp Right Connector End View
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Left (Export)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Domestic)
        • Tail Lamp Connector End View - Right (Export)
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Left (Domestic)
        • Tail/Stop Lamp Connector End View - Right (Domestic)
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View (Domestic)
        • Turn Signal/Hazard Flasher Module Connector End View (Export w/T62/T65)
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LF
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RF
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - LR
        • Turn Signal Lamp Connector End View - RR
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C1 (RHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C2 (RHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C3 (RHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (LHD)
        • Turn Signal/Multifunction Switch Connector End View C4 (RHD)
        • A/T Shift Lock Control Solenoid Assembly Connector End View (M82)
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lever Connector End View
        • Steering Wheel Controls Connector End View - Right (LS2)
        • Sunroof Control Switch Connector End View (CF5)
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Module Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C1 (CF5)
        • Sunroof Motor Connector End View C2 (CF5)
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Underhood Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Left Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Right Rear Bottom View
        • Fuse Block Connector End View - Steering Column
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoids Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensors Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Fuel Injectors Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensors (HO2S) Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Ignition Coils Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View (2.8L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Barometric Pressure (BARO) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Exhaust Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Actuator Solenoid - Intake Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Exhaust Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor - Intake Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure (FTP) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 3 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 4 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 5 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Ignition Coil 6 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Intake Manifold Runner Control (IMRC) Solenoid Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 1 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) Bank 2 Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Throttle Body Assembly Connector End View (3.6L)
        • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Ignition Coil/Module Odd Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Ignition Coil/Module Even Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View (6.0L)
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Connector End View C1
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Connector End View C2
        • Dash Integration Module (DIM) Connector End View C3
        • Data Link Connector (DLC) Connector End View
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) Connector End View C1
        • Rear Integration Module (RIM) Connector End View C2
    • System Wiring Diagrams
      • Using lemon2025'S Wiring Diagrams
      • Air Conditioning
      • Anti-Lock Brakes
      • Anti-Theft
      • Body Control Modules
      • Computer Data Lines
      • Cooling Fan
      • Cruise Control
        • 2.8L VIN T
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Defoggers
      • Electronic Power Steering
      • Engine Performance
        • 2.8L VIN T
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Exterior Lights
      • Ground Distribution
      • Headlights
      • Horn
      • Instrument Cluster
      • Interior Lights
      • Memory Systems
      • Navigation
      • Power Distribution
      • Power Door Locks
      • Power Mirrors
      • Power Seats
      • Power Top/Sunroof
      • Power Windows
      • Radio
      • Shift Interlock
      • Starting/Charging
        • 2.8L VIN T
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Supplemental Restraints
      • Transmission
        • 2.8L VIN T
        • 3.6L VIN 7
        • 6.0L VIN U
      • Trunk, Tailgate, Fuel Door
      • Warning Systems
      • Wiper/Washer
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
    • Wiring Systems - Power And Ground, Inline Harness And Splice Pack Connector End Views
      • Power and Grounding Connector End Views
      • Inline Harness Connector End Views
      • Splice Pack Connector End Views
• Engine Mechanical
  • Cooling System (Mechanical)
    • Engine Cooling System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Engine Cooling Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Cooling System Component Views
        • Cooling System Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Cooling
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC P0480, P0481, P0691, P0692, P0693 or P0694
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1258
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Cooling
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Engine Coolant Indicator Always On
        • Cooling Fan Always On
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative
        • Cooling Fan Always On - Auxiliary
        • Cooling Fan Inoperative - Auxiliary
        • Engine Overheating (LP1, LY7)
        • Loss of Coolant (w/Manual Transmission)
        • Loss of Coolant (w/Automatic Transmission)
        • Thermostat Diagnosis (LP1, LY7)
        • Thermostat Diagnosis (LS6)
        • Coolant Heater Inoperative
        • Engine Fails To Reach Normal Operating Temperature
        • Pressure Cap Testing
        • Coolant Leak Testing
      • Repair Instructions
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (LP1, LY7 Static Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (LS2 Static Fill)
          • Tools Required
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Draining and Filling Cooling System (GE 47716)
          • Notes
          • Draining Procedure
          • Vac-N-Fill Procedure
        • Flushing
        • Radiator Cleaning
        • Surge Tank Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Replacement (LS6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet (LP1, LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet (LS6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet (LP1, LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Surge Tank Hose/Pipe Replacement - Outlet (LS6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (LP1, LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Inlet (LS6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (LP1, LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Hose Replacement - Outlet (LS6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Throttle Body Heater Hose/Pipe Replacement - Inlet (LS6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Replacement - Electric (LP1, LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan Motor Replacement - Electric
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cooling Fan and Motor Replacement - Auxiliary
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Housing Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermostat Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Outlet Housing Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Pipe Replacement - Inlet (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Pipe Replacement - Outlet (LP1, LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Water Pump Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Replacement (LS6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Bracket Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Radiator Support Bracket Replacement (LS6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coolant Heater Cord Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Cooling System Description and Operation
          • Cooling Fan Control - Two Fan System
          • Cooling Fan Control - Three Fan System
          • Engine Coolant
          • Coolant Warning Messages
          • Coolant Level Control
          • Coolant Heater
          • Water Pump
          • Thermostat
          • Engine Oil Heat Exchanger
          • Transmission Oil Cooler-Two Fan System
          • Transmission Oil Cooler-Three Fan System
          • Power Steering Oil Cooler
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Engine Exhaust System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Exhaust
      • Symptoms - Engine Exhaust
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Exhaust Leakage
      • Exhaust Noise
    • Repair Instructions
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Left (LP1, LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Replacement - Right (LP1, LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Replacement (LP1)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Left (LP1, LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Catalytic Converter Replacement - Right (LP1, LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust System Insulator, Hanger, Bracket Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Hanger Mounting Bracket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Right (LP1, LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Manifold Heat Shield Replacement - Left (LP1, LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Exhaust Heat Shield Replacement - Center Bearing
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Exhaust System Description
        • Notes
        • Resonator
        • Catalytic Converter
        • Muffler
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Lubrication System
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
  • Engine Mechanical - 6.0L
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Engine Mechanical Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
      • Thread Repair Specifications
        • Engine Block - Front/Rear Views
        • Engine Block - Left/Right Side Views
        • Engine Block - Top/Bottom Views
        • Cylinder Head - Top/End Views
        • Cylinder Head - Intake/Exhaust Side Views
    • Component Locator
      • Disassembled Views
      • Engine Identification
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Mechanical
      • Symptoms - Engine Mechanical
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Base Engine Misfire without Internal Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Internal Lower Engine Noises
      • Base Engine Misfire with Abnormal Valve Train Noise
      • Base Engine Misfire with Coolant Consumption
      • Base Engine Misfire with Excessive Oil Consumption
      • Engine Noise on Start-Up, but Only Lasting a Few Seconds
      • Upper Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Lower Engine Noise, Regardless of Engine Speed
      • Engine Noise Under Load
      • Engine Will Not Crank - Crankshaft Will Not Rotate
      • Coolant in Combustion Chamber
      • Coolant in Engine Oil
      • Engine Compression Test
      • Engine Balancing
        • Notes
        • Crankshaft Balancer
        • Engine Flywheel
      • Cylinder Leakage Test
      • Oil Consumption Diagnosis
      • Oil Pressure Diagnosis and Testing
      • Oil Leak Diagnosis
      • Crankcase Ventilation System Inspection/Diagnosis
        • Crankcase Ventilation (CV) System Inspection
          • Notes
          • Results of Incorrect Operation
      • Drive Belt Chirping Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Repair Instructions
      • On-Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Drive Belt Replacement - Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Replacement - Air Conditioning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Idler Pulley Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Accessory
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Drive Belt Tensioner Replacement - Air Conditioning
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Support Fixture
          • Notes
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Engine Mount Inspection
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Mount Bracket Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Upper Intake Manifold Sight Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankcase Ventilation Hoses/Pipes Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Intake Manifold Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Valley Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Stem Oil Seal and Valve Spring Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Left Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Cylinder Head Replacement - Right Side
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Valve Lifter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Balancer Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Front Cover Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Rear Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Adapter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Filter Bypass Valve Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Cover Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pan Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Pressure Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil Level Sensor and/or Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Oil Pump, Screen, and Crankshaft Oil Deflector Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Camshaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Flywheel Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Engine Oil and Oil Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Off- Vehicle Repair Instructions
        • Notes
        • Draining Fluids and Oil Filter Removal
        • Crankshaft Balancer Removal
        • Engine Flywheel Removal
        • Clutch Pilot Bearing Removal
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Removal
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Removal - Right
        • Water Pump Removal
        • Throttle Body Removal
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Removal
        • Intake Manifold Removal
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Removal
        • Engine Valley Cover Removal
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Removal - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Removal
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Left
        • Cylinder Head Removal - Right
        • Valve Lifter Removal
        • Oil Filter and Adapter Removal
        • Oil Pan Removal
        • Engine Front Cover Removal
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Housing Removal
        • Oil Pump, Screen and Crankshaft Oil Deflector Removal
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Removal
        • Camshaft Removal
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Removal
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Removal
        • Engine Block Plug Removal
        • Engine Block Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Measuring the Cylinder for Oversize
        • Cylinder Boring and Honing
          • Boring Procedure
          • Honing Procedure
          • Deglazing Procedure
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
          • Measuring Main Bearing Clearance - Gaging Plastic Method
          • Measuring Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance - Gaging Plastic Method
          • Measuring Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance - Using J 43690/J 43690-100
        • Crankshaft Balancer Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Replacing the Crankshaft Balancer and Balance Weights
        • Engine Flywheel Cleaning and Inspection
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Disassemble
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Piston, Pin, and Piston Rings
          • Measuring Piston Ring End Gap
          • Connecting Rod and Bearings
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assemble
        • Camshaft Bearing Removal
          • Notes
          • Tool Usage Information
        • Camshaft and Bearings Cleaning and Inspection
          • Notes
          • Measuring Camshaft Lobe Lift
        • Camshaft Bearing Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rods Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Lifters and Guides Cleaning and Inspection
          • Valve Lifters
          • Valve Guides
        • Cylinder Head Disassemble
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Guide Reaming/Valve and Seat Grinding
          • Tools Required
          • Valve Guide Reaming
          • Valve and Seat Grinding
        • Cylinder Head Assemble
        • Oil Pump Disassemble
        • Oil Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pump Assemble
        • Engine Front Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Housing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Engine Valley Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Cleaning and Inspection
        • Oil Pan Cleaning and Inspection
        • Intake Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
          • Cleaning Procedure
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Exhaust Manifold Cleaning and Inspection
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Cleaning and Inspection
        • Water Pump Cleaning and Inspection
        • Thread Repair
          • Notes
          • General Thread Repair
          • Cylinder Head Bolt Hole Thread Repair
          • Main Cap Bolt Hole Thread Repair
        • Service Prior to Assembly
        • Engine Block Plug Installation
        • Crankshaft and Bearings Installation
        • Piston, Connecting Rod, and Bearing Installation
          • Notes
          • Piston Selection
          • Piston, Pin, and Connecting Rod Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Timing Chain and Sprockets Installation
        • Oil Pump, Screen and Crankshaft Oil Deflector Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Housing Installation
        • Crankshaft Rear Oil Seal Installation
        • Engine Front Cover Installation
        • Crankshaft Front Oil Seal Installation
        • Oil Pan Installation
        • Oil Filter and Adapter Installation
        • Valve Lifter Installation
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Left
        • Cylinder Head Installation - Right
        • Valve Rocker Arm and Push Rod Installation
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Left
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Installation - Right
        • Engine Valley Cover Installation
        • Coolant Air Bleed Pipe Installation
        • Intake Manifold Installation
        • Fuel Rail and Injectors Installation
        • Throttle Body Installation
        • Water Pump Installation
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Left
        • Exhaust Manifold Installation - Right
        • Oil Level Indicator and Tube Installation
        • Clutch Pilot Bearing Installation
        • Engine Flywheel Installation
        • Crankshaft Balancer Installation
        • Engine Prelubing
    • Description and Operation
      • Engine Component Description
        • Notes
        • Camshaft and Drive System
        • Crankshaft
        • Cylinder Heads
        • Engine Block
        • Exhaust Manifolds
        • Intake Manifold
        • Oil Pan
        • Piston and Connecting Rod Assembly
        • Valve Rocker Arm Cover Assemblies
        • Valve Train
      • New Product Information
        • Notes
        • Torque Values and/or Fastener Tightening Strategies
        • New Sealants and/or Adhesives
        • Disassembly and Assembly Procedure Revisions
        • Engine Mechanical Diagnostic Procedure Revisions
        • New Special Tools Required
        • A Component Comparison from the Previous Year
      • Lubrication Description
      • Cleanliness and Care
      • Separating Parts
      • Replacing Engine Gaskets
        • Tools Required
        • Gasket Use and Applying Sealants
        • Separating Components
        • Cleaning Gasket Surfaces
        • Assembling Components
      • Use of Room Temperature Vulcanizing (RTV) and Anaerobic Sealer
        • Pipe Joint Compound
        • RTV Sealer
        • Anaerobic Sealer
      • Tools and Equipment
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Starter
    • Battery, Charging System And Starting System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Battery Usage
        • Generator Usage
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Starting and Charging Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Electrical Component Views
        • Engine Electrical Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Electrical
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B1327
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1328
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1513
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC B1514
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0560
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0562
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0563
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC P0615
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0616
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0617
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0621
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0622
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0625
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P0626
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P1668
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2500
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • DTC P2501
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Symptoms - Engine Electrical
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Battery Inspection/Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Charging
          • Tools Required
            • Notes
            • Battery State of Charge
          • Charging Time Required
          • Charging Procedure
        • Battery Electrical Drain/Parasitic Load Test
          • Tools Required
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Battery Common Causes of Failure
          • Notes
          • Electrolyte Freezing
          • Battery Protection During Vehicle Storage
        • Jump Starting in Case of Emergency
        • Charging System Test
        • Charge Indicator Always On
        • Charge Indicator Inoperative
        • Generator Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Starter Solenoid Does Not Click
        • Starter Solenoid Clicks, Engine Does Not Crank
        • Engine Cranks Slowly
        • Starter Motor Noise Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Battery Negative Cable Disconnect/Connect Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Negative Cable Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Positive Cable Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Tray Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Battery Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Motor Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Starter Shield Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Bracket Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Generator Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Battery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Battery Ratings
          • Amp Hour
          • Reserve Capacity
          • Cold Cranking Amperage
        • Charging System Description and Operation
          • Generator
          • Regulator
          • Circuit Description (LS6) / (LS2)
          • Regulated Voltage Control (RVC)
          • Circuit Description (LY7)
          • Charging System Indicators
            • Notes
            • Battery Not Charging - 7
            • Battery Saver Active - 27
            • Battery Voltage High - 8
            • Battery Voltage Low - 6
            • Service Charging SYS - 102
        • Starting System Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
        • Load Shed System Description and Operation
          • Electrical Power Management
          • Load-Shed
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Engine Performance
  • Emissions
    • Emission Applications
      • Emission Applications
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
  • Mode 6 - Cts
    • Introduction
    • 2003
    • 2004
      • 2.6L & 3.2L Engines
      • 3.6L Engine
    • 2005 2.8L & 3.6L Engines
    • 2006 2.8L & 3.6L Engines
    • 2007 2.8L & 3.6L Engines
    • 2008
      • 3.6L Engine Except Direct Injection
      • 3.6L Engine Direct Injection
  • Specifications
    • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
      • Firing Order & Cylinder Identification
        • Notes
        • 3 Cylinder Engine
          • Metro 1.0L
          • Buick, Chevrolet 1.2L, 1.3L
        • 4 Cylinder Engine
        • 5 Cylinder Engine
        • In-Line 6 Engine
        • V6 Engine
          • 3.5L VIN 4 V6 Engine
          • 3.8L & 4.3L V6 Engines
          • All Other V6 Engines Except 3.5L (VIN 4), 3.8L & 4.3L
        • 8 Cylinder Engine
          • 4.0L, 4.4L & 4.6L V8 Engines
          • 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & VIN K) & 7.4L V8 Engines
          • 6.6L Diesel V8 Engine
          • All Other V8 Engines Except 4.0L, 4.4L, 4.6L, 5.0L, 5.7L (VIN R & K), 7.4L & 6.6L
  • System
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
          • Engine Controls Component View
          • Fuse Block & Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Component View
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensors Component View
          • Right Side of the Engine Component View
          • Knock Sensors Component View
          • Engine Grounds, Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor, Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor & Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Component View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensors (HO2S) Component View
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor, Accelerator Pedal, Brake Pedal & Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor Component View
          • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Component View
          • Fuel Tank Subsystem Component View
          • Engine Compartment Component View (Right Front)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
          • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
          • Ignition Coil/Module Odd Connector End View
          • Ignition Coil/Module Even Connector End View
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Notes
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
          • Tool Required
          • Relief
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement (In-Line Filter)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Description
          • Notes
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
              • Notes
              • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • System Overview
          • Fuel Tanks
          • Fuel Tank Fill Pipe and Hose
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Primary Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Secondary Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Fuel Tank Crossover Tube/Hose
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery System (ORVR)
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coils
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - DTC P0016 To P0135
      • DTC P0016
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0050 or P0056
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0053, P0054, P0059 or P0060
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0068
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0101
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0102
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0103
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0106
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0107
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0108
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0112
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0113
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0116
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0117
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0118
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0121
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0122
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0123
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0128
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0131 or P0151
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0132 or P0152
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0133 or P0153
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0134 or P0154
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0135, P0141, P0155 or P0161
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Heater Resistance Test
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - DTC P0137 To P0452
      • DTC P0137 or P0157
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0138 or P0158
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0140 or P0160
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0171 or P0174
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0172 or P0175
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0201-P0208
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0220
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0222
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0223
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0230
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0300 - P0308
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0315
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0324, P0325, P0326, P0327, P0328, P0330, P0332, or P0333
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0324
          • DTC P0325 and P0330
            • Notes
            • DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, and P0333
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • DTC P0324
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0336
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0340
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0341
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0351-P0358
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0420 or P0430
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0442
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0443
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0446
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0449
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0451
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0452
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - DTC P0453 To P2123
      • DTC P0453
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0454
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0455
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions For Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0496
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0506
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0507
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601-P0607, P060E, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1681, P1683 or P2610
        • Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Test Description
      • DTC P060D
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0641
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0650
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0651
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0685, P0689 or P0690
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1101
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1133 or P1153
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1134 or P1154
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1380
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P1381
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P1516
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1682
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2101
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2119
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2122
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2123
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - DTC P2125 To P2A04
      • DTC P2125
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2127
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2128
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2135
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2138
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2176
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2A01 or P2A04
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
        • Visual/Physical Check
        • Symptoms
      • Symptoms - Fuel System
      • Symptoms - Ignition System
      • Symptoms - Sensors/Systems
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • MIL Operation
        • Test Description
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • MIL Operation
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Main Relay Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Coil Test
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
        • Description
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
        • Description
      • Fuel Tank Leak Test
        • Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
          • Notes
          • I/M Data List
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
  • Testing & Diagnosis
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - Introduction (1 Of 2)
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Engine Controls
      • Scan Tool Data List
      • Scan Tool Data Definitions
      • Scan Tool Output Controls
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - Introduction (2 Of 2)
      • Specifications
        • Temperature vs Resistance
        • Altitude vs Barometric Pressure
        • Ignition System Specifications
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type A
            • Action Taken When the DTC Sets - Type B
            • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Conditions for Clearing the DTC - Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type(s)
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Emission Hose Routing Diagram
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Hose Routing Diagram
        • Fuel Hose/Pipes Routing Diagram
        • Engine Controls Schematic Icons
        • Engine Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Engine Controls Component Views
          • Engine Controls Component View
          • Fuse Block & Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Component View
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) and Intake Air Temperature (IAT) Sensors Component View
          • Right Side of the Engine Component View
          • Knock Sensors Component View
          • Engine Grounds, Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor, Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor & Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Component View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensors (HO2S) Component View
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor, Accelerator Pedal, Brake Pedal & Brake Pedal Position (BPP) Sensor Component View
          • EVAP Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Component View
          • Fuel Tank Subsystem Component View
          • Engine Compartment Component View (Right Front)
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Connector End Views
        • Engine Controls Connector End Views
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Engine Coolant Temperature (ECT) Sensor Connector End View
          • Engine Oil Level/Temperature Sensor Connector End View
          • Engine Oil Pressure (EOP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Purge Solenoid Valve Connector End View
          • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Canister Vent Solenoid Valve Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 1 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 2 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 3 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 4 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 5 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 6 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 7 Connector End View
          • Fuel Injector 8 Connector End View
          • Fuel Pump and Sender Assembly Connector End View
          • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 1 Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 1 Sensor 2 Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 1 Connector End View
          • Heated Oxygen Sensor (HO2S) Bank 2 Sensor 2 Connector End View
          • Ignition Coil/Module Odd Connector End View
          • Ignition Coil/Module Even Connector End View
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 1 Connector End View
          • Knock Sensor (KS) 2 Connector End View
          • Manifold Absolute Pressure (MAP) Sensor Connector End View
          • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensor Connector End View
          • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) Module Connector End View
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
      • Repair Instructions
        • Notes
        • CKP System Variation Learn Procedure
        • Fuel Pressure Relief
          • Tool Required
          • Relief
        • Fuel Pressure Gage Installation and Removal
          • Tools Required
          • Installation Procedure
          • Removal Procedure
        • Fuel Filter Replacement (In-Line Filter)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning Procedure
        • Spark Plug Wire Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Engine Control Module (ECM) Description
          • Notes
          • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Operation
        • Throttle Actuator Control (TAC) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Accelerator Pedal Position (APP) Sensor
          • Throttle Body Assembly
          • Engine Control Module
          • Modes of Operation
            • Normal Mode
              • Notes
              • Reduced Engine Power Mode
        • Fuel System Description
          • System Overview
          • Fuel Tanks
          • Fuel Tank Fill Pipe and Hose
          • Fuel Filler Cap
          • Fuel Sender Assembly
          • Fuel Level Sensor
          • Fuel Pump
          • Fuel Strainer
          • Fuel Filter
          • Primary Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Secondary Fuel Pressure Regulator
          • Fuel Feed and Return Pipes
          • Fuel Tank Crossover Tube/Hose
          • Nylon Fuel Pipes
          • Quick-Connect Fittings
          • On-Board Refueling Vapor Recovery System (ORVR)
          • Fuel Rail Assembly
          • Fuel Injectors
          • Fuel Metering Modes of Operation
            • Notes
            • Starting Mode
            • Clear Flood Mode
            • Run Mode
            • Acceleration Mode
            • Deceleration Mode
            • Battery Voltage Correction Mode
            • Fuel Cutoff Mode
          • Fuel Trim
        • Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Control System Description
          • EVAP System Operation
          • Large Leak Test
          • Small Leak Test
          • Canister Vent Restriction Test
          • Purge Solenoid Valve Leak Test
          • Check Gas Cap Message
          • EVAP System Components
            • Notes
            • EVAP Canister
            • EVAP Purge Solenoid Valve
            • EVAP Vent Solenoid Valve
            • Fuel Tank Pressure Sensor
            • EVAP Service Port
        • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Description
          • Notes
          • Crankshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Crankshaft Position (CKP) Sensor
          • Camshaft Reluctor Wheel
          • Camshaft Position (CMP) Sensor
          • Ignition Coils
          • Engine Control Module (ECM)
          • Modes of Operation
        • Knock Sensor (KS) System Description
          • Purpose
          • Sensor Description
        • Air Intake System Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - DTC P0016 To P0135
      • DTC P0016
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0030, P0036, P0050 or P0056
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0053, P0054, P0059 or P0060
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0068
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0101
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0102
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0103
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0106
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0107
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0108
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0112
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0113
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0116
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0117
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0118
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0121
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0122
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0123
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0128
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0131 or P0151
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0132 or P0152
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0133 or P0153
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0134 or P0154
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0135, P0141, P0155 or P0161
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Notes
          • Heater Resistance Test
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - DTC P0137 To P0452
      • DTC P0137 or P0157
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0138 or P0158
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0140 or P0160
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0171 or P0174
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0172 or P0175
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0201-P0208
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0220
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0222
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0223
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0230
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0300 - P0308
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0315
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0324, P0325, P0326, P0327, P0328, P0330, P0332, or P0333
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • DTC P0324
          • DTC P0325 and P0330
            • Notes
            • DTC P0327, P0328, P0332, and P0333
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
          • DTC P0324
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0335
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0336
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0340
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0341
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0351-P0358
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0420 or P0430
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0442
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0443
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0446
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P0449
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0451
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0452
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - DTC P0453 To P2123
      • DTC P0453
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0454
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0455
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions For Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0496
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0506
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0507
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0601-P0607, P060E, P1600, P1621, P1627, P1681, P1683 or P2610
        • Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Notes
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTCs
          • Test Description
      • DTC P060D
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0641
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0650
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P0651
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P0685, P0689 or P0690
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P0700
        • Circuit Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P1101
        • Circuit Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1133 or P1153
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1134 or P1154
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1380
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P1381
        • System Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
      • DTC P1516
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P1682
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • DTC P2101
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2119
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2120
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2122
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2123
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - DTC P2125 To P2A04
      • DTC P2125
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2127
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2128
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • DTC P2135
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2138
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
      • DTC P2176
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptor
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • DTC P2A01 or P2A04
        • Circuit Description
        • DTC Descriptors
        • Conditions for Running the DTC
        • Conditions for Setting the DTC
        • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
        • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
        • Test Description
    • Engine Controls - 6.0L - Troubleshooting & Diagnosis
      • Symptoms - Engine Controls
        • Important Preliminary Checks Before Starting
        • Visual/Physical Check
        • Symptoms
      • Symptoms - Fuel System
      • Symptoms - Ignition System
      • Symptoms - Sensors/Systems
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Inoperative
        • Circuit Description
        • MIL Operation
        • Test Description
      • Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) Always On
        • Circuit Description
        • MIL Operation
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Main Relay Circuit Diagnosis
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Typical Scan Tool Data
        • Circuit/System Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Reference Information
          • Schematic Reference
            • Notes
            • Special Tools Required
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Circuit/System Testing
        • Component Testing
        • Repair Procedures
      • Fuel Injector Coil Test
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Special Tool
        • Description
      • Fuel Injector Balance Test with Tech 2
        • Description
      • Fuel Tank Leak Test
        • Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Electronic Ignition (EI) System Diagnosis
        • Circuit Description
        • Diagnostic Aids
        • Test Description
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Check
        • Description
        • Conditions for Updating the I/M System Status
        • Monitored Emission Control Systems
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
        • Diagnostic Fault Information
        • Description
          • Notes
          • I/M Data List
        • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
        • Circuit/System Verification
        • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System DTC Table
• General Information
  • Abbreviations
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
  • Basic Trouble Shooting
    • Basic Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Accessories & Electrical
        • Charging System Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
      • Air Conditioning & Heat
        • Air Conditioning Trouble Shooting
        • Heater System Trouble Shooting
      • Brakes
        • Brake System Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Mechanical
        • Cooling System Trouble Shooting
        • Gasoline Engine - Mechanical Trouble Shooting
      • Engine Performance
        • Carburetor Trouble Shooting:
        • Diesel Engine Trouble Shooting
        • Fuel Injection Trouble Shooting
        • Ignition System Trouble Shooting
        • Starter Trouble Shooting
        • Tune-Up Trouble Shooting - Gas Engine Vehicles
        • Vacuum Pump - Diesel Trouble Shooting
      • Manual Transmission
        • Manual Transmission Trouble Shooting
      • Powertrain
        • Clutch Trouble Shooting
        • Drive Axle - Noise Diagnosis
          • Unrelated Noises
          • Non-Drive Axle Noises
          • Gear Noise
          • Chuckle
          • Knock
          • Clunk
          • Bearing Whine
          • Bearing Rumble
          • Chatter On Turns
          • Axle Shaft Noise
          • Vibration
        • Drive Axle - RWD Trouble Shooting
        • Fwd Axle Shafts & CV Joints Trouble Shooting
      • Steering & Suspension
        • Manual Steering Gear Trouble Shooting
        • Power Steering Trouble Shooting
        • Steering Column Trouble Shooting
        • Suspension Trouble Shooting
        • Wheel Alignment Trouble Shooting
    • Commonly Used Abbreviations - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "J"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "Q"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Emission Control Abbreviations
      • "A"
      • "B"
      • "C"
      • "D"
      • "E"
      • "F"
      • "G"
      • "H"
      • "I"
      • "K"
      • "L"
      • "M"
      • "N"
      • "O"
      • "P"
      • "R"
      • "S"
      • "T"
      • "V"
      • "W"
    • Engine Performance - Trouble Shooting - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Engine Performance
  • Brakes
    • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Anti-Lock Brake Safety Precautions
    • Map - Brake Systems
      • Brake Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accelerometers
        • Accumulators
        • Anchor Pins
        • Anti-Lock Brake Control Assembly(Module)
        • Anti-Lock Brake Controller
        • Anti-Lock Brake Systems
        • Axle Seal
        • Backing Plates
        • Bleeder Screw
        • Brake Abs Active Light (Blue)
        • Brake Fluid
        • Brake Friction Material
        • Brake On - Off Switch
        • Brake Pads
        • Brake Pedals
        • Brake Shoe Hardware
        • Brake Shoes
        • Brake Stoplight Switches
        • Brake Warning Light (Amber)
        • Brake Warning Light (Red)
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs And LEDS
        • Caliper Hardware
        • Caliper Mounting Pin
        • Caliper Piston
        • Caliper Shim
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt) Dust Boot
        • Caliper Slider Pin (Bolt)
        • Calipers
        • Combination Valve
        • Controllers
        • Digital Ratio Axle Controllers And Buffers (Drab And Dram)
        • Disable Switches
        • Drums
        • Electrical Brake Pumps
        • Electrical Park Motor
        • Electrical Pumps And Motors
        • Electro-Magnetic Interference
        • Electronic Brake Control Modulator
        • Electronic Brake Distribution
        • Electronic Brake Traction Control Module
        • Electronic Controllers
        • Electronic Traction Control
        • External Brake Cable
        • Flow Control Valve
        • Fluid Level Sensor Switches
        • Fluid
        • Four Wheel Drive Switches
        • Friction Material
        • G Sensors
        • Gaskets
        • Gravitational Switches
        • Grease Seal
        • Height Sensing Proportioning Valve
        • High Pressure Accumulator
        • Hoses
        • Hub
        • Hydraulic Control Unit
        • Hydraulic Modulators
        • Hydro-Boosters
        • Hydro-Electric Boosters (POWERMASTER)
        • Ignition Disable Switches
        • Lamp Driver Relay
        • Lateral Acceleration Switches
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Low Pressure Accumulator
        • Lug Nut
        • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
        • Master Cylinders
        • Modulators
        • Motor Pack
        • Motors
        • Pads
        • Parking Brake Cable
        • Parking Brake Mechanism
        • Parking Brake Shoes
        • Parking Brake Switches
        • Parking Brake Systems
        • Pedal Travel Switches
        • Pedals
        • Power Distribution Center
        • POWERMASTER
        • Pressure Differential Switches
        • Pressure Switches
        • Pressure Transducers
        • Proportioning Valve
        • Pumps
        • Relays
        • RELUCTOR (Speed) Ring
        • Rotors
        • Self-Adjusting Systems
        • Shoe Hardware
        • Shoes
        • Sockets
        • Speed Sensor (RELUCTOR) Ring
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Star Wheel
        • Steel Brake Lines
        • Stoplight Switches
        • Stroke Sensor
        • Switches
        • Tires
        • Tone Ring
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Traction Control System (TCS)
        • Transfer Tubes
        • Vacuum Boosters
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Valves
        • Wear Indicator
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheel Cylinders
        • Wiring Harnesses
        • Yaw Rate Sensor
      • Brake System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Map - Routine Inspection Reference Guide
      • Routine Inspection Reference Guide
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Maintenance Overview
          • Antifreeze/Coolant
          • Visual Inspection
          • Radiator Cap Test
          • Engine Fan
          • Cooling System Power Flush And Refill
          • Belts (Except Timing Belts)
          • Belt TENSIONER
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid
          • Automatic Transmission Fluid Exchange & Filter Replacement
          • Engine Oil
          • Air Filters
          • Cabin Air Filter
          • Brake Fluid
          • Battery
          • Battery Cables
          • Power Steering
          • Power Steering Fluid
          • Wiper Blades
        • Routine Inspection CHECKSHEET
        • Routine Inspection - UICS
          • Brake Systems
            • Notes
            • Brake Fluid
            • Bulbs And LEDS
            • Hoses
            • Lenses
            • Lug Nut
            • Master Cylinder Cover Gasket
            • Parking Brake Cable
            • Vacuum Hoses
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
          • Drivetrain And Transmission
            • Notes
            • Automatic Transmission Fluid
            • Clutch Master Cylinders
            • Cooler Lines
            • Coolers
            • Differential Fluid
            • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Filters And Screens
            • Fluids And Lubricants
            • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
            • Hydraulic Fluid
            • Lubricants
            • Manual Transmission Fluid
            • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
            • Transfer Case Fluid
            • Vacuum Hoses
          • Electrical Systems
            • Batteries
            • Battery Cables
            • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
            • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
            • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
            • Ground Cables And Straps
            • Ground Straps
            • Lenses
            • Sealed Beams
            • Washer Pumps
            • Wiper Arms And Blades
            • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
            • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
          • Engine Performance And Maintenance
            • Notes
            • Accessory Belts
            • Air Filter Elements
            • Air Filter Gaskets
            • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
            • Air Pump Belts
            • Batteries
            • Battery Connectors
            • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
            • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
            • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
            • Coolant Recovery Tanks
            • Coolant
            • Distributor Caps
            • Distributor Rotors
            • Engine Cooling Systems
            • Engine DECARBONIZATION
            • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
            • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
            • Engine Oil
            • Fuel Filters
            • Fuel Injector Cleaning
            • Fuel Injectors
            • Fuel System Cleaning Service
            • Hose Clamps
            • Hose Connectors
            • Hose Couplers
            • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
            • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
            • Intake Cleaning
            • O2 Sensors
            • PCV Breather Elements
            • PCV Valves
            • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
            • Spark Plugs
            • Thermostats And Housings
            • Throttle Body Cleaning
            • Timing Belts
            • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
          • Exhaust Systems
            • Notes
            • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
          • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning Systems
            • Notes
            • Belts
            • Cabin Air Filters
            • Coolant
            • Evaporator Drain Tubes
            • Evaporator Filters
            • In-Line Filters
            • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
          • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
            • Notes
            • Hydraulic Hoses
            • Power Steering Belts
            • Power Steering Fluid
            • Power Steering Hoses
            • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
            • Strut Rods
            • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
            • Tire Pressure Sensors
            • Tires
            • Valve Stems
            • Wheel Attachment Hardware
            • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
      • Wheel & Tire Supplement
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
        • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
        • Wheel & Tire - UICS
          • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
          • Tire Pressure Sensors
          • Tires
          • Wheel Alignment
          • Wheel Attachment Hardware
          • Wheels (Rims)
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Check Lists
    • Symptom Check List Worksheet - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose
        • Notes
        • Why Use the Symptom Check List Worksheets?
        • Making the Worksheets a Part of Your Normal Routine
      • Symptom Check List Worksheets
        • Condensed Version - All On One Page
        • Full Version - All On Four Pages
        • Individual System-Based Check Lists
  • OBD-II Drive Cycles - 6.0L
    • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) Complete System Set Procedure
      • Diagnostic Fault Information
      • Description
        • Notes
        • I/M Data List
      • Conditions for Meeting a Cold Start
      • Circuit/System Verification
      • Inspection/Maintenance (I/M) System Set Procedure
  • Driveline/Axles
    • Drive Axle Noise Diagnosis - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Unrelated Noises
      • Non-Drive Axle Noises
      • Gear Noise
      • Chuckle
      • Knock
      • Clunk
      • Bearing Whine
      • Bearing Rumble
      • Chatter On Turns
      • Axle Shaft Noise
      • Vibration
    • Gear Tooth Contact Patterns - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Inspection
        • Notes
        • Gear Tooth Contact Pattern
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Gear Backlash & Pinion Shim Changes
    • Map - Drive Train & Transmission
      • Drive Train & Transmission Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Drivetrain And Transmission
        • Notes
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Automatic Transmission / Transaxle Assemblies/CVTS
        • Automatic Transmission Fluid
        • Axles
        • Bearings And Races
        • Bell Cranks
        • Bell Housings
        • Bushings (External)
        • Cables (Speedometer)
        • Cables (TV, Detent And Shift)
        • Carrier Bearings
        • Clutch Cables And Cable Housings
        • Clutch Discs (Manual Transmissions)
        • Clutch Forks
        • Clutch Linkages (Mechanical)
        • Clutch Master Cylinders
        • Clutch Pedals
        • Clutch Pivots
        • Clutch Pressure Plates
        • Clutch Release Bearings
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Concentric)
        • Clutch Slave Cylinders (Conventional Or External)
        • Companion Flanges
        • Connectors
        • Cooler Bypass Valves
        • Cooler Lines
        • Coolers
        • CV Joints
        • Differential And Final Drive Assemblies
        • Differential Fluid
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks (Fluid Level Indicators)
        • Dowel Pins, Guides And Pilot Holes
        • Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Drive Shaft Flanges
        • Drive Shafts And Half Shafts
        • Dust Boots
        • Engine Mounts
        • Exciter Rings
        • Filler Tubes
        • Filters And Screens
        • Flanges
        • Flex Plates
        • Fluid Level Indicators
        • Fluids And Lubricants
        • Flywheels
        • Force Motors
        • Gaskets
        • Guides
        • Half Shafts
        • Hoses, Lines, And Tubes
        • Housings (Bell, Case, Tail(Extension) And Auxiliary)
        • Hydraulic Fluid
        • Intermediate Shaft Support Bearings
        • Key Interlock Systems
        • Limited Slips
        • Lines
        • Linkages (External)
        • Locking Hub Assemblies
        • Locking Hub Control Knobs
        • Lubricants
        • Manual Transmission Fluid
        • Manual Transmission/Transaxle Assemblies
        • Metal Clad Seals
        • METALASTIC Joints
        • Modulator Pins
        • Modulators
        • Mounts (Engine, Transaxle And Transmission)
        • Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Oil Pans
        • Pans
        • Pilot Holes
        • Pressure Plates
        • Pressure Switches
        • Races
        • Rubber Joints (METALASTIC)
        • Screens
        • Seals (Metal Clad)
        • Seals
        • Selector Interlock Systems
        • Sensors
        • Servos
        • Shift Interlock Systems (Selector And Key Interlock Systems)
        • Side Covers
        • Slip Yokes
        • Solenoids
        • Speed Sensors (Electronic Wheel And Vehicle)
        • Speedometer- Driven Gear Housing
        • Speedometer/Odometer Drives (Mechanical)
        • Speedometer/Odometer Heads (Mechanical)
        • Speedometers/Odometers (Electronic)
        • Switches
        • Tone Wheels
        • Toothed Rings (Tone Wheel)
        • Torque Converters
        • Transaxle Mounts
        • Transducers (Transmission)
        • Transfer Case Assemblies
        • Transfer Case Fluid
        • Transmission Coolers
        • Transmission Mounts
        • Transmission Pans
        • Transmission Range Indicators (PRNDL)
        • Tubes
        • Universal Joints (CARDAN Or Cross Type)
        • Vacuum Controls
        • Vacuum Hoses
        • Vacuum Motors
        • Vacuum-Operated Switches
        • Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Vents
        • Vibration Dampers
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Speed Sensors
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
        • Yokes And Slip Yokes
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Trouble Shooting - Clutches - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • All Models
  • DTC Index
    • Ordered DTC List
  • Electrical
    • Map - Electrical Systems
      • Electrical Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Actuator Motors (Electric)
        • Actuator Motors (Vacuum)
        • Air Bags
        • Alternators And Generators
        • Amplifiers
        • Antennas
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Cables
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belts
        • Bulb Sockets
        • Bulbs, Sealed Beams And LEDS
        • Cd Players
        • Cigarette Lighter Assemblies
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Clutch Switches
        • Connectors
        • Control Modules
        • Cruise Control Brake Switches
        • Cruise Control Cables
        • Cruise Control Clutch Switches
        • Cruise Control Linkages And Cables
        • Cruise Control Reservoirs
        • Cruise Control Tubes
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Dump Release Valves
        • Cruise Control Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And
        • Cruise Control Vehicle Speed Sensors
        • Defoggers
        • Defrosters
        • Delays
        • Dimmers
        • Electric Heaters
        • Equalizers
        • Fuse Blocks
        • Fuse Boxes And Blocks
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gauges
        • Generators
        • Ground Cables And Straps
        • Ground Straps
        • Headlight Adjusters
        • Heating Elements (Defrosters, Defoggers, Electric Heaters And Seats)
        • Horns And Sirens
        • Ignition Switches
        • Indicator Lights
        • Keyless Entry Keypads And Transmitters
        • Keyless Entry Transmitters
        • LEDS
        • Lenses
        • Microphones
        • Mirrors (ELECTROCHROMATIC And Heated)
        • Motors
        • Neutral Safety Switches
        • Odometers, Speedometers And Tachometers (Cable Driven)
        • Odometers
        • Power Distribution Center
        • Pulleys
        • Receivers, Amplifiers, Equalizers And Sub-Woofer Volume Controls
        • Relay Boxes
        • Relays
        • Sealed Beams
        • Seat Heaters
        • Security Alarm Sensors
        • Sirens
        • Solenoids
        • Speakers And Microphones
        • Speedometer And Tachometer Linkages And Cables
        • Speedometer Cables
        • Speedometers
        • Starters
        • Sub-Woofer Volume Control
        • Switches
        • Tachometer Cables
        • Tachometers
        • Tape Players And Cd Players
        • TENSIONERS
        • Timers
        • Transceivers
        • Transducers
        • Vacuum Accumulators (Reservoirs)
        • Voltage Regulators
        • Washer Fluid Level Senders
        • Washer Pumps
        • Wiper Arms And Blades
        • Wiper Blades
        • Wiper Hoses And Nozzles
        • Wiper Linkages
        • Wiper Nozzles
        • Wiper Pump Reservoirs
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Battery, Starting & Charging System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Using lemon2025'S System Wiring Diagrams
      • Introduction
      • Wiring Diagram Features And Controls
      • Wiring Diagram Color Abbreviations
      • Wiring Diagram Symbols
      • Wiring Diagram Ground Number Locations
      • Wiring Diagram Component Locations
  • Engine
    • Engine Overhaul Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Engine Identification
      • Inspection Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Magnetic Particle Inspection
          • Notes
          • Magnaflux & Magnaglo
        • Penetrant Inspection
          • Notes
          • Zyglo
          • Dye Check
        • Ultrasonic Inspection
        • X-Ray Inspection
        • Pressure Testing
      • Cleaning Procedures
        • * Please Read This First *
        • General
        • Bead Blasting
        • Chemical Cleaning
      • Component Cleaning
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Sheet Metal Parts
        • Intake & Exhaust Manifolds
      • Cylinder Head Replacement
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Installation
        • Valve Adjustment
      • Cylinder Head Overhaul
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cylinder Head Disassembly
        • Cylinder Head Cleaning & Inspection
        • Valve Springs
        • Valve Guide
          • Notes
          • Measuring Valve Guide Clearance
          • Reaming Valve Guide
          • Replacing Valve Guide
        • Valves & Valve Seats
          • Notes
          • Valve Grinding
          • Valve Lapping
          • Valve Seat Grinding
          • Valve Seat Replacement
          • Valve Seat Concentricity
        • Cylinder Head Reassembly
          • Notes
          • Valve Stem Installed Height
        • Valve Stem Oil Seals
          • Notes
          • Replacement (On-Vehicle)
        • Valve Spring Installed Height
        • Rocker Arms & Assemblies
          • Notes
          • Rocker Studs
          • Rocker Arms & Shafts
        • Push Rods
        • Lifters
          • Notes
          • Hydraulic Lifters
          • Mechanical Lifters
      • Pistons, Connecting Rods & Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Ridge Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Removal
        • Piston & Connecting Rod
          • Notes
          • Disassembly
          • Cleaning
          • Inspection
        • Piston & Cylinder Bore Fit
        • Assembling Piston & Connecting Rod
        • Checking Piston Ring Clearances
        • Piston & Connecting Rod Installation
        • Connecting Rod Side Clearance
        • Main & Connecting Rod Bearing Clearance
          • Notes
          • Plastigage Method
          • Micrometer & Telescopic Gauge Method
      • Crankshaft & Main Bearings
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Removal
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Installation
        • Crankshaft End Play
          • Notes
          • Dial Indicator Method
          • Feeler Gauge Method
        • Cylinder Block
          • Notes
          • Block Cleaning
          • Block Inspection
          • Cylinder Bore Inspection
          • Cylinder Honing
          • Deck Warpage
          • Deck Height
          • Main Bearing Bore & Alignment
          • Expansion Plug Removal
          • Expansion Plug Installation
          • Oil Gallery Plug Removal
          • Oil Gallery Plug Installation
      • Camshaft
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Cleaning & Inspection
        • Camshaft Bearings
          • Notes
          • Removal & Installation
        • Camshaft Installation
        • Camshaft End Play
      • Timing Chains & Belts
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Chains
        • Timing Belts
        • Tension Adjustment
      • Timing Gears
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Timing Gear Backlash & RUNOUT
        • Rear Main Oil Seal Installation
          • Notes
          • One-Piece Type Seal
          • Rope Type Seal
          • Split-Rubber Type Seal
      • Oil Pump
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Rotor Type
        • Gear Type
      • Break-In Procedure
        • * Please Read This First *
        • Engine Pre-Oiling
        • Initial Start-Up
        • Camshaft
        • Piston Rings
        • Final Adjustments
    • General Cooling System Service - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Description
      • Maintenance
        • Draining
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Radiator
          • Engine Block
        • Refilling
      • Testing
        • Thermostat
        • Pressure Testing
          • Notes
          • Radiator Cap
          • Cooling System
  • Engine Performance
    • Electrostatic Discharge Warning - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Introduction
      • Handling Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
      • Checking Static-Sensitive Circuits/Devices
    • Engine Performance Diagnostic Routine Outline - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Where Does DRIVEABILITY Diagnosis Start?
        • Perform Basic Inspection
        • Check For Trouble Codes
        • Diagnose Symptom
        • Test System
    • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
      • Engine Performance Safety Precautions
    • Map - Engine Performance & Maintenance
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance (Including Exhaust Systems)
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Engine Performance & Maintenance CHECKSHEET
      • Engine Performance And Maintenance
        • Notes
        • Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor
        • Accessory Belts
        • Accessory Pulleys
        • Air Conditioning Cycling Switches
        • Air Conditioning Pressure Sensors
        • Air Ducts And Tubes
        • Air Filter Elements
        • Air Filter Gaskets
        • Air Filter Housings And Gaskets
        • Air Fuel Ratio Sensors
        • Air Injection Control Solenoids
        • Air Plenums
        • Air Pump Belts
        • Air Pumps (Electric Driven)
        • Air Tubes
        • Aspirator, Check And DECEL Valves
        • Baffles
        • Ballast Primary Supply Resistor Wires
        • Ballast Resistors And Primary Supply Resistors
        • Barometric Pressure Sensors
        • Batteries
        • Battery Cables, Wires And Connectors
        • Battery Connectors
        • Battery Trays And Hold Down Hardware
        • Battery Wires
        • Belt Idler Assemblies (Accessory And Cam Belts)
        • Belt TENSIONERS (Accessory And Cam Belt)
        • Belt-Driven Air Pumps
        • Boost Control Mechanism
        • Camshaft Position Sensors
        • Carburetors And Chokes
        • Casting Core Plugs And Expansion Plugs
        • Charge Air Coolers ""INTERCOOLERS"" (CAC)
        • Check Valves
        • Chemical Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Chokes
        • Clutch Pedal Position Switches
        • Cold Start Injectors
        • Combustion Chamber Cleaning
        • Connectors
        • Coolant Recovery Tanks
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Motor Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Relays And Modules
        • Cooling Fan Motor Resistors
        • Cooling Fan Motor Sensors And Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motor Switches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Crankshaft Position Sensors
        • Cylinder Deactivation Solenoid
        • Cylinder Head Assemblies
        • DECEL Valves
        • Deflectors
        • Dip Stick Tubes
        • Dip Sticks And Tubes
        • Distributor Advances And Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Boots And Shields
        • Distributor Caps
        • Distributor Retarders (Mechanical And Vacuum)
        • Distributor Rotors
        • Distributor Shields
        • Distributors
        • Early Fuel Evaporation Valves (Heat Riser Assemblies)
        • EGR Coolers
        • EGR Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Intake And Exhaust Manifold Passages
        • EGR Plates And Coolers
        • Electronic Spark Control Modules
        • Electronic Transmission Control Devices
        • Electronic Transmission Feedback Devices
        • Engine Coolant Temperature Sensors
        • Engine Cooling Systems
        • Engine Covers (Oil Pan, Valve Cover, Timing Cover)
        • Engine DECARBONIZATION
        • Engine Oil Canisters
        • Engine Oil Coolers (External)
        • Engine Oil Drain Plugs And Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Filters And Canisters
        • Engine Oil Gaskets
        • Engine Oil Pressure Gauges (Mechanical)
        • Engine Oil
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Filters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canister Purge Devices
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Canisters
        • Evaporative Emissions (EVAP) Feedback Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Devices
        • Exhaust Gas RECIRCULATION Feedback Devices
        • Expansion Plugs
        • Fan Control Sensor
        • Fuel Accumulators And Dampers
        • Fuel And Cold Start Injectors
        • Fuel Caps
        • Fuel Dampers
        • Fuel Delivery Check Valves
        • Fuel Distributors (BOSCH Cis)
        • Fuel Filler Necks And RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel Filters
        • Fuel Injector Cleaning
        • Fuel Injectors
        • Fuel Level Senders
        • Fuel Pressure Regulators
        • Fuel Pumps (In-Tank, External, Electrical Or Mechanical)
        • Fuel Rails
        • Fuel RESTRICTORS
        • Fuel System Cleaning Service
        • Fuel Tanks
        • Fuel
        • Gaskets
        • Grommets (Valve Cover)
        • Harmonic Dampers
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Hose Clamps
        • Hose Connectors
        • Hose Couplers
        • Hoses And Tube Couplers, Connectors And Clamps
        • Hoses And Tubes (Fuel Lines, Radiator, Vacuum, By-Pass, Heater, Recovery Tank And Oil Coolers)
        • Housings
        • Idle Air Controls
        • Idle Speed Control Actuators
        • Ignition Boots
        • Ignition Coil Towers
        • Ignition Coils
        • Ignition Control Modules (ICM)
        • Ignition Switches
        • Ignition Terminals
        • Ignition Wires (Secondary)
        • Inertia Fuel Shut-Off Switches
        • Intake Air Temperature Sensors
        • Intake Cleaning
        • Intake Manifolds
        • In-Tank Fuel Strainers
        • INTERCOOLERS
        • Knock Sensors
        • Liquid Vapor Separators
        • Long Block Assemblies
        • Manifold Absolute Pressure (Map) Sensors
        • Mass Air Flow (MAF) Sensors
        • Metal Air Manifolds And Pipes
        • Metal Air Pipes
        • Mix Control Solenoids
        • Motor Mounts
        • O2 Sensors
        • Oil Pans
        • Oil Pressure Sending Units
        • Oil Pump Pick-Up Screens
        • Oil Pumps
        • O-Rings, Gaskets, Seals And Spring Locks
        • Park Neutral Position Switches
        • PCV Breather Elements
        • PCV Orifices
        • PCV Valves
        • Pick-Up Assemblies (Includes Magnetic, Hall Effect And Optical)
        • Power Steering Pressure Sensors
        • Powertrain Control Modules (Pcm) And Prom
        • Powertrain Control Prom
        • Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Blades
        • Radiator / Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Radiator Caps And Pressurized Expansion Tank Caps
        • Radiators
        • Roll Over Valves
        • Sealing Compounds
        • Seals
        • Secondary Air Injection System Management Devices
        • Sensors
        • Short Block Assemblies
        • Shrouds, Baffles And Deflectors
        • Spark Plugs
        • Spring Locks
        • Super Chargers
        • Switches
        • Thermal Vacuum Valves
        • Thermostatic Air Door Assemblies
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Throttle Bodies
        • Throttle Body Cleaning
        • Throttle Cables
        • Throttle Linkages And Cables
        • Throttle Position Sensors
        • Throttle Position Switches
        • Timing Belt Sprockets
        • Timing Belts
        • Timing Covers
        • Torque Struts
        • Transmission Range Switches
        • Tube Clamps
        • Tube Connectors
        • Tube Couplers
        • Tubes
        • Turbo Chargers
        • Vacuum Connections
        • Vacuum Hoses, Tubes And Connections (Non-Metallic)
        • Vacuum Regulator Solenoids
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valve Covers
        • Vehicle Speed Senors
        • Volume Air Flow Sensors
        • Waste Gate And Boost Control Mechanisms
        • Waste Gate Control Solenoids
        • Water Pumps (Electric)
        • Water Pumps (Non-Electric)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Parasitic Load Explanation & Test Procedures - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • General Information
      • Testing For Parasitic Load
        • Notes
        • CHRYSLER Ignition Off Draw (IOD) Test
        • Test Procedure Using Test Switch
        • Intermittent Parasitic Load Problems
        • Diode Check & Solenoid Test
        • Quad Driver Test
    • State Emission Standards - Diesel
      • ARIZONA
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • IDAHO
      • KENTUCKY
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • New YORK
      • OHIO
      • RHODE Island
      • UTAH
      • WASHINGTON
    • State Emission Standards - Gas
      • ALASKA
      • ARIZONA
      • CALIFORNIA
        • California Emission Standards ASM Tests
        • Legend
        • Pass/Fail Emission Standards = A+B / VTW
      • Colorado
      • CONNECTICUT
      • DELAWARE
      • District Of COLUMBIA
      • GEORGIA
      • IDAHO
      • ILLINOIS
      • INDIANA
      • KENTUCKY
      • MARYLAND
      • MASSACHUSETTS
      • MISSOURI
      • NEVADA
      • New Jersey
      • New MEXICO
      • New YORK
      • North CAROLINA
      • OHIO
      • OREGON
      • PENNSYLVANIA
      • RHODE Island
      • TENNESSEE
      • TEXAS
      • UTAH
      • VIRGINIA
      • WASHINGTON
      • WISCONSIN
      • U. S. EPA ASM2525 & ASM5015 Start-Up Emission Standards
      • U. S. EPA Revised Final ASM Emission Standards (ASM5015 & ASM2525)
      • U.S. EPA Im240 Emission Standards
        • Start-Up Standards
        • Final Standards
    • Waveforms - Injector Pattern Tutorial - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Purpose Of This Article
        • Notes
        • Scope Of This Article
      • Is A Lab Scope Necessary?
        • Introduction
        • Overview Of NOID Light
          • Notes
          • Use the Right Noid Light
        • Overview Of DVOM
          • Notes
          • Checking Injector Resistance
          • Checking Available Voltage At the Injector
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Built-In Function
          • Checking Injector On-Time With Dwell Or Duty
          • How A Duty Cycle Meter and Dwell Meter Work
          • Strengths of Dwell/Duty Meter
          • Weaknesses of Dwell/Duty Meter
      • The Two Types Of Injector Drivers
        • Notes
        • Overview
        • Voltage Controlled Circuit ("Saturated Switch")
        • Current Controlled Circuit ("Peak & Hold")
      • The Two Ways Injector Circuits Are Wired
      • Interpreting Injector Waveforms
        • Notes
        • Interpreting A Voltage Controlled Pattern
        • Interpreting A Current Controlled Pattern
      • Current Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
      • Voltage Waveform Samples
        • Notes
        • Example #1 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #2 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #3 - Voltage Controlled Driver
        • Example #4 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #5 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #6 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #7 - Current Controlled Driver
        • Example #8 - Current Controlled Driver
  • Map - Exhaust Systems
    • Exhaust Systems
      • Notes
      • Map Standards Of Service
      • The Map Process - Overview
      • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Catalytic Converters
      • Exhaust And Tail Pipes
      • Exhaust Connections
      • Hangers
      • Heat Risers (Mechanical EFE Devices)
      • Heat Shields
      • Manifolds (Cast And Tube Type)
      • Mechanical EFE Devices
      • Muffler Valve
      • Mufflers And Resonators
    • Reason Code Explanation
  • Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
    • Map - Heating, Ventilation, & Air Conditioning
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
        • Accumulators
        • Actuators (Electrical)
        • Actuators (Vacuum)
        • Air Conditioning Fittings
        • Air Conditioning Hoses
        • Air Conditioning Metal Lines
        • Air Control Doors
        • Air Dams (External)
        • Air Distribution System
        • Belts
        • Blend Doors
        • Blower Fans (Blower Wheel Or Squirrel Cage)
        • Blower Motors
        • Blower Resistors
        • Blower Switches
        • Cabin Air Filters
        • Circuit Breakers
        • Compressor Clutch Assemblies
        • Compressors
        • Condenser Air Seals
        • Condenser Fan Motors
        • Condensers
        • Connectors
        • Control Cables
        • Control Heads (Function Selectors)
        • Control Linkages
        • Control Modules
        • Coolant
        • Cooling Fan Blades
        • Cooling Fan Clutches
        • Cooling Fan Motors
        • Evaporator Drain Tubes
        • Evaporator Filters
        • Evaporator Pressure Regulators (EPRS)
        • Evaporators
        • Expansion Valves
        • Function Selectors
        • Fuses, Fusible Links And Circuit Breakers
        • Fusible Links
        • Gaskets
        • Heater Cases
        • Heater Control Valves
        • Heater Cores
        • Heater Hoses
        • High Pressure Relief Valves (HPRV)
        • Idlers
        • In-Line Filters
        • Metal Fittings
        • Metal Lines
        • Mix And Air Control Doors (Blend Doors)
        • ORIFACE Tubes
        • O-Rings
        • Pilot-Operated Absolutes (POAS)
        • Plenums
        • Pressure Control Valves
        • Pressure Sensors
        • Pulleys
        • Radiators
        • Receiver-DRIERS
        • Refrigerant Oil
        • Refrigerant
        • Relays
        • Seals
        • Service Ports
        • Spring Lock Couplings
        • Suction Throttling Valves (STVS)
        • Switches (Electrical)
        • TENSIONERS
        • Thermistors And Pressure Sensors
        • Thermostats And Housings
        • Vacuum Hoses And Tubes
        • Vacuum Reservoirs
        • Vacuum Tubes
        • Valves In Receiver (VIRS)
        • Water Pumps (Electric Auxiliary)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Heating, Ventilation & Air Conditioning System CHECKSHEET
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
  • Hoist/Jack
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 5L40-E/5L50-E M82 Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.8L LP1/3.6L LY7/6.0L LS2 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 3.6L RPO LY7 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 6.0L RPO LS2 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Floor Jacks
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rail Reinforcements
            • Under the Engine Front Crossmember Frame
          • Jack Stands
            • Under the Frame Rail Reinforcements
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • General Information - All Models
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd.)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (G/H Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Mid-Size Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner Tremec 6-Speed Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60-E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF33-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E)
          • C/K Pickup, C/K Utility, G/H Van, H2 and H3, Mid-Size Truck/Utilities, S/T Roadster And S/T Classic
          • N Truck
          • S/T Pickup
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative (5L40-E/5L50-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (6L80)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
  • Identification
    • CANADIAN Model Cross-Reference
      • * Please Read This First *
      • ACURA
      • ASUNA
      • AUDI
      • BMW
      • CHRYSLER Corp.
        • CHRYSLER
        • Dodge
        • Eagle
        • PLYMOUTH
      • General Motors
        • BUICK
        • CHEVROLET
        • GMC
        • OLDSMOBILE
        • Optima
        • PONTIAC
      • HYUNDAI
      • Jaguar
      • KIA
      • MAZDA
      • MERCEDES-BENZ
      • Mercury
      • MERKUR
      • MITSUBISHI
      • NISSAN
      • RENAULT
      • SATURN
      • Smart
      • SUBARU
      • SUZUKI
      • TOYOTA
      • VOLKSWAGEN
      • VOLVO
      • All Others
  • Metric Conversions
    • Engine Displacement Conversion Table - ECAT
      • Conversion Table
    • Metric Conversions
      • Metric Conversions
        • Notes
        • Length
        • Volume
        • Torque
        • Pressure
      • Conversion Factors
  • OEM General Information
    • Automatic Stop/Start Disable
      • Auto Stop/Start Disable
        • Notes
        • Disable Conditions
        • Disable Button
    • Cautions And Notices
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • ABS Component Handling Caution
        • Approved Equipment for Collision Repair Caution
        • Assistant Driving Caution
        • Batteries Produce Explosive Gases Caution
        • Battery Disconnect Caution
        • Brake Dust Caution
        • Brake Fluid Irritant Caution
        • Breathing R-134a Caution
        • Camshaft Holding Tool Caution
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Collision Sectioning Caution
        • Electric Coolant Fan Caution
        • Exhaust Service Caution
        • Express Window Down Caution
        • Eye Protection Caution
        • Foam Sound Deadeners Caution
        • Fuel and EVAP Pipe Caution
        • Fuel Gage Leak Caution
        • Fuel Pipe Fitting Caution
        • Fuel Rail Stop Bracket Installation Caution
        • Fuel Storage Caution
        • Fuel Vapors in Evaporative Emission (EVAP) Components Caution
        • Gasoline/Gasoline Vapors Caution
        • Glass and Sheet Metal Handling Caution
        • Halogen Bulb Caution
        • Hood Hold-Open Device Caution
        • Hot Exhaust System Caution
        • Lower O-Ring Removal Caution
        • Moving Parts and Hot Surfaces Caution
        • Protective Goggles and Glove Caution
        • Radiator Cap Removal Caution
        • Relieving Fuel Pressure Caution
        • Road Test Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Safety Glasses and Compressed Air Caution
        • Safety Goggles and Fuel Caution
        • SIR Caution
        • SIR Deployed Inflator Modules Are Hot Caution
        • SIR Dual Stage Inflator Module Handling Caution
        • SIR Inflatable Module Deployment Outside Vehicle Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Coil Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Disposal Caution
        • SIR Inflator Module Handling and Storage Caution
        • SIR Side Impact Sensor Handling Caution
        • SIR Special Tool Caution
        • Vehicle Lifting Caution
        • Window Retention Caution
        • Work Stall Test Caution
        • Anti-Corrosion Materials Notice
        • Avoid Chipping or Scratching the Coating Notice
        • Ball Stud Removal Notice
        • Belt Dressing Notice
        • Brake Fluid Effects on Paint and Electrical Components Notice
        • Catalytic Converter Movement Notice
        • Clearcoat/Ultraviolet Screeners Notice
        • Clutch Hydraulic System Lubricant Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Constant Velocity Joint Seal Damage Notice
        • Disengaging Connectors Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Engine Emission Notice
        • Excessive Force and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Exhaust System Inspection Notice
        • Exterior Trim Emblem Removal Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Flex Decoupler Notice
        • Fuel Pressure Notice
        • Fuel Tank Strap Fastener Notice
        • Handling ESD Sensitive Parts Notice
        • Handling IAC Valve Notice
        • Heated Oxygen and Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • Ignition OFF When Disconnecting Battery Notice
        • J 35616-A Connector Test Adapter Kit Notice
        • Liftgate Assist Rod Notice
        • Nylon Fuel Lines Notice
        • OBDII Symbol Description Notice
        • Oxygen Sensor Notice
        • PCM and ESD Notice
        • Power Steering Hose Disconnected Notice
        • Sealant Notice
        • Service Programming System (SPS) Notice
        • Silicon Contamination of Heated Oxygen Sensors Notice
        • Single Cylinder Flooding Notice
        • Steering Column in Lock Position Notice
        • Steering Wheel in the Full Turn Position Notice
        • Steering Wheel Straight and Column Locked Notice
        • Test Lamp to Test Continuity Notice
        • Test Probe Notice
        • Torque Reaction Against Timing Drive Chain Notice
        • Torque to Yield Bolts Notice
        • Valve Lifter Priming Notice
        • Window Edge Damage Notice
    • Cautions And Notices - All Models
      • Introduction
        • Definition of Caution, Notice, and Important
          • Notes
          • CAUTION Defined
          • NOTICE Defined
          • IMPORTANT Defined
        • Checking Hot Transmission Fluid through Drain Plug Hole Caution
        • Handling Preheated Parts Caution
        • Safety Glasses Caution
        • Valve Springs Can Be Tightly Compressed Caution
        • 3-5 Reverse Clutch Backing Plate Rivet Damage Notice
        • Component Fastener Tightening Notice
        • Emission Modification Notice
        • Fastener Notice
        • Heating Transmission Component Notice
        • Machined Surface Damage Notice
        • Pin Reuse Notice
        • Retaining Ring Reuse Notice
        • Seal Reuse Notice
        • Torque Converter Housing/Low and Reverse Clutch Housing Bolt Size Notice
        • Transfer Case Bearing Removal Notice
        • Transfer Case Seal Removal Notice
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 5L40-E/5L50-E M82 Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.8L LP1/3.6L LY7/6.0L LS2 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 3.6L RPO LY7 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 6.0L RPO LS2 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Floor Jacks
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rail Reinforcements
            • Under the Engine Front Crossmember Frame
          • Jack Stands
            • Under the Frame Rail Reinforcements
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • General Information - All Models
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd.)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (G/H Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Mid-Size Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner Tremec 6-Speed Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60-E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF33-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E)
          • C/K Pickup, C/K Utility, G/H Van, H2 and H3, Mid-Size Truck/Utilities, S/T Roadster And S/T Classic
          • N Truck
          • S/T Pickup
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative (5L40-E/5L50-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (6L80)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
    • Vehicle DTC Information
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vehicle
        • Diagnostic System Check - Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List - Vehicle
        • Symptoms - Vehicle
          • General Information
          • HVAC
          • Steering
          • Suspension
          • Driveline/Axle
          • Brakes
          • Engine
          • Transmission/Transaxle
          • Body
          • Restraints
          • Vehicle Control Systems
          • Accessories
        • Diagnostic Repair Verification
      • Description and Operation
        • DTC Symptom Description
          • Notes
          • DTC Symptom Categories
            • Notes
            • DTC Symptom Subtypes
              • Notes
              • Example
    • Vibration Symptoms Diagnosis And Correction
      • Specifications
        • Tire and Wheel Runout Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Vibration Diagnostic Process
          • Preliminary Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Analysis - Road Testing
          • Test Description
        • Component Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Tire and Wheel Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Propeller Shaft Rotational Speed Calculation
          • Component Rotational Speed Worksheet
        • Vibration Analysis - Tire and Wheel
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Driveline
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Hub and/or Axle Input
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine
          • Test Description
        • Engine Order Classification
          • Engine First Order Classification
          • Engine Firing Frequency Classification
          • Other Engine Order Classification
          • Engine Driven Accessories Related to Engine Order
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine/Accessory Isolation
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Analysis - Engine Balance
          • Test Description
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Intermittent or Not Duplicated
          • Notes
          • Specific Conditions Can Affect the Condition
          • Temperature, Ground-Out, Accessory Load
            • Flat Spots on Tires
            • Irregular Wear on Tire Treads
            • Exhaust System Growth
          • Vehicle Payload
            • Notes
            • Heavy Payload
            • Trailer Towing
          • Roadway Selection
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Component Not Identified
          • Notes
          • Aftermarket Add-On Accessories
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Difficult to Isolate/Balance Component
          • Notes
          • Driveline Torque-Load Conditions
          • Difficult to System Balance the Driveline
        • Vibration Diagnostic Aids - Vibration Duplicated, Appears to Be Potential Operating Characteristic
          • Notes
          • Check Service Bulletins
        • Symptoms - Vibration Diagnosis and Correction
          • Notes
          • Symptom Tables
        • Vehicle-to-Vehicle Diagnostic Comparison
        • Tire and Wheel Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - On-Vehicle
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Runout Measurement - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Wheel Runout Measurement - Tire Dismounted
        • Brake Rotor/Drum Balance Inspection
        • Hub/Axle Flange and Wheel Stud Runout Inspection
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Isolation Test
          • Force Variation
          • Radial Force Variation
          • Lateral Force Runout
          • Isolation Test Procedure
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Non-Torque Sensitive)
        • Vibration in Service-Stall Test (Torque Sensitive)
        • Driveline Working Angles Measurement
          • Notes
          • Measurement Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - Off-Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancer Calibration Test
          • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing Guidelines
            • Notes
            • Static Balance
            • Dynamic Balance
          • Balancing Procedure
          • Wheel Weight Usage
            • Notes
            • Clip-on Weights
            • Wheel Weight Placement - Clip-on Weights
            • Adhesive Weights
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly Balancing - On-Vehicle
        • Tire-to-Wheel Match-Mounting (Vectoring)
        • Tire and Wheel Assembly-to-Hub/Axle Flange Match-Mounting
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Using EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline System Balance Adjustment (Without EVA)
          • Notes
          • Adjustment Procedure
        • Driveline Working Angles Adjustment
      • Description and Operation
        • Vibration Theory and Terminology
          • Vibration Theory
          • Basic Vibration Terminology
          • Cycle
          • Frequency
          • Amplitude
          • Free Vibration
          • Forced Vibration
          • Centrifugal Force Due to an Imbalance
          • Natural or Resonant Frequency
          • Resonance
          • Damping
          • Beating (Phasing)
          • Order
        • Electronic Vibration Analyzer (EVA) Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • EVA Vibration Sensor
          • EVA Vibration Sensor Placement
          • EVA Vibration Sensor-to-Component Attachment
          • EVA Software Cartridge
          • EVA Smart Strobe Function
          • EVA Strobe Balancing Function
          • Averaging/Non-Averaging Modes
          • EVA Display
        • Vibrate Software Description and Operation
        • Reed Tachometer Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools and Equipment
  • Reset Procedures
    • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
      • ATEQ TPMS Reset Procedure
    • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
      • BARTEC TPMS Reset Procedure
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
    • Maintenance Reminder Light (Reset Procedures)
      • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
          • Vehicles WITHOUT Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
          • Vehicles WITH Driver Information Center (DIC) Buttons
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
          • Notes
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Steering Wheel Controls)
          • Vehicles with DIC (& Turn Signal Lever Controls)
          • Vehicles without DIC (Some Models)
          • Reset Using Diagnostic Scan Tool (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • With Base Audio System
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
          • With Base Audio System
          • Without DIC
          • With Navigation System
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
          • With Information Center Display
          • With Visual Information Center
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method (Some Models)
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
          • Vehicles with Driver Information Center (DIC)
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Notes
          • Reset Procedure
          • Alternate Method
        • Engine Oil Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Reminder Flag)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Warning Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Emissions Maintenance Reminder (Check Engine Light)
        • Notes
        • Emissions Maintenance Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Federal Emissions
          • California Emissions
      • Diesel Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Fuel Filter Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
      • Maintenance Service Reminder
        • Notes
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Maintenance Service Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
      • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Timing Belt Replacement Reminder Reset Procedure
          • Notes
          • Description
          • Message Reset
      • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder
        • Notes
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
          • Notes
          • Resetting With Base Audio System
          • Resetting With Navigation System
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
      • Tire Pressure Monitor System Reminder
        • Notes
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 01
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 02
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 03
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 04
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 05
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 06
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 07
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 08
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 09
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 10
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 11
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 12
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 13
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 14
          • Notes
          • Using Exterior Lamp Switch
          • Using RDS Radio, If Equipped
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 15
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 16
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 17
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 18
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 19
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 20
          • Notes
          • Using DIC Reset Button
          • Using Scan Tool
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 21
          • Using Reset Button (1999-05 Models)
          • Using Scan Tool (2003-05 Models)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 22
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 23
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 24
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 25
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 26
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 27
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 28
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 29
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 30
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 31
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 32
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 33
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 34
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 35
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 36
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-52545 (Preferred)
          • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn with EL-50448 (Alternative)
        • TPMS Reminder Reset - Procedure 37
    • Tire Pressure Monitor Systems
      • Model Coverage
      • Description & Operation
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Monitor (TPM) System
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Warning Indicators
      • TPMS Reset Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Relearn
          • Notes
          • Using Keyless Entry System
          • Using Scan Tool
      • Dismounting/Mounting Procedures
        • Notes
        • Tire Pressure Sensor
          • Notes
          • Removal
          • Installation
      • Torque Specifications
  • RPO Codes
    • General Information
      • Introduction
        • Conversion - English/Metric
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Dealers
          • Fleets
          • Non-GM Dealer Technicians
        • Vehicle, Engine and Transmission ID and VIN Location, Derivative and Usage
          • Notes
          • 5L40-E/5L50-E M82 Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location
          • 2.8L LP1/3.6L LY7/6.0L LS2 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 3.6L RPO LY7 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
          • 6.0L RPO LS2 Engine ID and VIN Derivative Locations
        • Label - Vehicle Certification, Tire Place Card, Anti-Theft and Service Parts ID
        • RPO Code Description
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Notes
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
        • Key and Lock Cylinder Coding
          • Use Instruction Sheet Supplied
        • Lifting and Jacking the Vehicle
          • Notes
          • Frame Contact Hoist
            • Front Hoist Pads
            • Rear Hoist Pads
          • Floor Jacks
            • Notes
            • Under the Frame Rail Reinforcements
            • Under the Engine Front Crossmember Frame
          • Jack Stands
            • Under the Frame Rail Reinforcements
        • Strategy Based Diagnosis
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • General Information - All Models
      • Introduction
        • US English/Metric Conversion
        • Equivalents - Decimal and Metric
        • Arrows and Symbols
        • Special Tools Ordering Information
        • Diagnostic Work Sheets
        • Training
          • Notes
          • GMCL (General Motors of Canada Ltd.)
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
          • United States
            • Dealers
            • Fleets
            • Non-GM Dealer Technician
        • Vehicle Identification
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Passenger Car Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (G/H Van Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Silverado and Sierra Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (C/K Chassis and Utility Applications)
        • Engine and Transmission Usage (Mid-Size Truck Applications)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (Corvette T56)
          • Notes
          • Borg Warner Tremec 6-Speed Manual Transmission
          • Hydra-Matic 4L60-E Automatic Transmission
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (AF33-5)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L60-E/4L65-E/4L70-E)
          • C/K Pickup, C/K Utility, G/H Van, H2 and H3, Mid-Size Truck/Utilities, S/T Roadster And S/T Classic
          • N Truck
          • S/T Pickup
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4L80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T45-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T65-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (4T80-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative (5L40-E/5L50-E)
        • Transmission ID and VIN Derivative Location (6L80)
        • Transfer Case Identification (New Venture Gear)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Borg Warner)
        • Transfer Case Identification (Isuzu T150)
        • Label - Service Parts ID
        • Fasteners
          • Metric Fasteners
            • Notes
            • Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • All Metal Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Nylon Interface Prevailing Torque Fasteners
            • Adhesive Coated Fasteners
        • Thread Inserts
          • Tools Required
          • Repair Procedure
        • Abbreviations and Meanings
        • Registered and Non-Registered Trademarks
  • Specifications Index
    • Common Specs & Procedures
      • Specifications Index
  • Steering
    • Map - Steering, Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels & Tires
      • Steering & Suspension Systems
        • Notes
        • Map Standards Of Service
        • The Map Process - Overview
        • The Map Process - Overview Of Service Requirements And Suggestions
      • Wheel And Tire
        • Notes
        • Tires
        • Mounting Tires
        • Vehicle Tire Placard
        • Tire Rotation
        • Wheel Lug Nut Torque & Clamping Force
        • Popular Tire Rotation Patterns
        • Wheels And Rims
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring Systems
      • Steering & Suspension CHECKSHEET
      • Wheels & Tires CHECKSHEET
      • Steering And Suspension, Wheel Alignment, Wheels And Tires
        • Notes
        • Active Handling
        • Active Suspension Control Modules
        • Active Variable Ratio Steering
        • Active Yaw Control
        • Adaptive Cruise Control
        • Advance TRAC
        • Air Bags
        • Air Ride Control Modules
        • Air Ride Suspension Torsion Springs (Counter Balancing)
        • Air Ride Suspension
        • Air Ride Tubes
        • Air Shocks And Air Struts
        • Air Spring Valves
        • Air Springs
        • Air Suspension Control Valves
        • Air Suspension DRIERS
        • Axle Acceleration Sensor
        • Ball Joints
        • Body Acceleration Sensor
        • Bushings
        • Center Links
        • Compressors
        • Continuous Damping Control
        • Control Arm Shafts
        • Control Arms
        • Control Modules
        • Distance Regulation Control Module
        • Distance Regulation Sensor
        • Drag Links
        • Dynamic Stability Control
        • Dynamic Stability Traction Control
        • Electronic Ride Control Shocks And Struts
        • Electronic Stability Control
        • Electronic Suspension System
        • Flex Couplers
        • Gaskets
        • Height Sensors
        • Hydraulic Hoses
        • Hydraulic Power Steering Pumps
        • Hydraulic Suspension Hoses
        • Hydraulic Suspension Pumps
        • Idler Arms
        • Intermediate Shaft U-Joints
        • King Pins
        • Modules
        • Pitman Arms
        • Power Steering Belts
        • Power Steering Coolers
        • Power Steering Fluid
        • Power Steering Hoses
        • Power Steering Lines (Steel)
        • Power Steering Pumps - Electric
        • Power Steering Pumps
        • Radar Sensor
        • Radius Arms
        • Relay Rods
        • Relays
        • Sensors
        • Shock Absorbers, Strut Cartridges And Strut Assemblies
        • Spindles
        • Springs, Coil, Leaf And Torsion Bars
        • STABILITRAC
        • Stability Management System
        • Steering Angle Sensor
        • Steering Arms
        • Steering Couplers
        • Steering Dampers
        • Steering Gears (Except Rack And Pinion)
        • Steering Gears, Rack And Pinion
        • Steering Knuckles
        • Strike Out Bumpers
        • Strut Bearing Plate Assemblies
        • Strut Rods
        • Suspension Pumps (Hydraulic)
        • Sway Bar Links
        • Sway Bar Mounting Bushings
        • Sway Bars
        • Switches
        • Tie Rod Ends (Inner And Outer)
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
        • Tire Pressure Sensors
        • Tires
        • Torque Sensor
        • Torsion Springs
        • Track Bar Bushings
        • Track Bars
        • Trailing Arm Bushings
        • Trailing Arms
        • Valve Stems
        • Vehicle Dynamics Control
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor
        • Vehicle Stability Assist
        • Vehicle Stability/Skid Control
        • Warning Lamps
        • Wheel Alignment
        • Wheel Attachment Hardware
        • Wheel Bearings, Races And Seals
        • Wheels (Rims)
        • Wiring Harnesses And Connectors
      • Reason Code Explanation
      • Automotive Terminology & Definitions
    • Wheel Alignment Theory & Operation - General Information
      • * Please Read This First *
      • Pre-Alignment Instructions
        • Notes
        • General Alignment Checks
      • Adjustments
        • Notes
        • Camber
        • Caster
        • Toe-In Adjustment
        • Toe-Out On Turns
        • Steering Axis Inclination
  • Traction Control Disable Procedures
    • Traction Control Disable
  • Trouble Shooting - Manual Transmission - General Information
    • * Please Read This First *
    • Introduction
• Heating, Ventilation & A/C (HVAC)
  • General Servicing
    • Cabin Air Filter
      • Removal & Installation
        • Notes
        • Cabin Air Filter
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Air Inlet Grille Panel
          • Removal
          • Installation
        • Windshield Wiper Arms
          • Removal
          • Installation
  • HVAC Control Systems
    • Heating, Ventilation And Air Conditioning
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Refrigerant System Capacities
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning
        • Leak Testing
          • Notes
          • Refrigerant Leak Testing
          • Fluorescent Leak Detector
          • Fluorescent Dye Injection
          • Halogen Leak Detector
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (2.8L - LP1 & 3.6L - LY7)
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) System Performance Test (LS2)
          • Test Description
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone A
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone B
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone C
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Diagnostics - Pressure Zone D
        • Heating Performance Diagnostic
        • Defrosting Insufficient
        • Noise Diagnosis - Blower Motor
        • Noise Diagnosis - Air Conditioning (A/C) System
        • Noise Diagnosis - HVAC Module
        • Odor Diagnosis
      • Repair Instructions
        • Odor Correction
          • Eliminating Air Conditioning Odor
        • Refrigerant Recovery and Recharging
          • Notes
          • A/C Refrigerant System Oil Charge Replenishing
        • Flushing
          • Notes
          • Forward Flushing Setup
          • Reverse Flushing Setup
          • Flush Procedure
        • Compressor Oil Balancing
          • Draining Procedure
          • Balancing Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (LHD, LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Replacement (2.8L - LP1)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • O-Ring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Tube Replacement (2.8L - LP1 & 3.6L - LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Discharge Hose Replacement (LS6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Hose Replacement (2.8L - LP1)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suction Hose Replacement (3.6L - LY7)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liquid Line Replacement (2.8L - LP1)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Liquid Line Replacement (3.6L - LY7)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Compressor Relay Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Desiccant Bag Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Thermal Expansion Valve Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Conditioning (A/C) Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement (MAE)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement (CZ3)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Condenser Replacement (LS6)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • HVAC Module Assembly Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Evaporator Drain Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Inlet (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Hose Replacement - Outlet (LY7)
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Housing Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Passenger Compartment Air Filter Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Inlet Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Center
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Deflector Replacement - Instrument Panel Air - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Instrument Panel (I/P) - Upper Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Defroster Duct Replacement - Windshield
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Rear Floor, LH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Outlet Duct Replacement - Rear Floor, RH
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Heater Core Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • HVAC Systems - Automatic
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sensor Resistance Table
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • HVAC Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • HVAC Component Views
        • HVAC Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC B0126, B0409, or B0419
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0130, B0414, or B0424
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0157
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0160 or B0162
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • B0160
            • B0162
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
            • Notes
            • B0160
            • B0162
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0164
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0184 or B0189
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0530, P0532, or P0533
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0530
            • P0532
            • P0533
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0645, P0646, P0647, P1539, or P1546
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
            • P0645 or P1546
            • P0646 or P1546
            • P0647 or P1539
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P1531
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - HVAC Systems - Automatic
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Engage
        • HVAC Compressor Clutch Does Not Disengage
        • Blower Motor Always On
        • Blower Motor Inoperative
        • Blower Motor Malfunction
        • Too Hot in Vehicle
          • Test Description
        • Too Cold in Vehicle
        • Air Delivery Improper
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Air Recirculation Malfunction
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Afterblow Enable Procedure
      • Repair Instructions
        • HVAC Control Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Blower Motor Control Processor Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Recirculation Actuator Replacement (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mode Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right (LHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Right (RHD)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Air Temperature Actuator Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Ambient Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inside Air Temperature Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Sun Load Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Air Delivery Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Mode Actuator
            • Recirculation Actuator
            • Blower Motor Relay
            • Blower Motor Control Processor
          • Air Speed
            • Notes
            • Afterblow
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Air Distribution
          • Recirculation
          • Automatic Operation
        • Air Temperature Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • HVAC Control Components
            • HVAC Control Module
            • Air Temperature Actuators
            • Air Temperature Sensors
            • Sunload Sensor
            • Evaporator Temperature Sensor
            • A/C Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
          • Heating and A/C Operation
            • Notes
            • Dual Zone Operation
          • Automatic Operation
          • Steering Wheel Controls
          • Engine Coolant
          • A/C Cycle
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Maintenance
  • Procedures
    • Maintenance And Lubrication
      • Specifications
        • Capacities - Approximate Fluid
        • Fluid and Lubricant Recommendations
        • Maintenance Items
      • Maintenance
        • Maintenance Schedule (North American Emissions)
        • GM Oil Life System - Resetting
• Restraints
  • Air Bag, SRS
    • Supplemental Inflatable Restraint System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • SIR Schematic Icons
        • SIR Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • SIR Component Views
        • SIR Zone Identification Views
        • SIR Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - SIR
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC 1049 - 1050
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 1051
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 1052, 1053, 1054, 1055, 1056, or 1057
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC 1058 - 1062
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 1063
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 2036 - 2045
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC 3011 - 3035
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0012, B0013, B0014, B0016, B0017, or B0018
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0022, B0024, B0026, B0042, B0043, or B0044
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0028, B0029, or B0030
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0040, B0041, or B0045
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0051
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
        • DTC B0053
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • DTC B0057, B0058, or B0059
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0061, B0062, or B0068
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0064, B0065, or B0066
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0069, B0070, or B0071
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0077, B0078, B0079, B0080, B0081, or B0082
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0092
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0098
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B0100, B0101, or B0102
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC B1001
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Passenger Presence System Preload Test Procedure
          • Introduction
            • Notes
            • Passenger Presence System Preload Test Procedure
        • Symptoms - SIR
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Air Bag Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
        • Passenger Presence System Indicator Circuit Malfunction
          • Circuit Description
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zones
      • Description and Operation
        • Passenger Presence System Displaying Code Procedure
          • Description
          • PPS Displaying Code Procedure
        • SIR System Description and Operation
          • SIR System Overview
          • Frontal SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module (SDM)
          • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System
          • AIR BAG Indicator
          • Dual Stage Inflator Modules
          • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil
          • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor
          • Inflatable Restraint Seat Belt Pretensioner
          • Inflatable Restraint Wiring Harness
          • Steering Column and Wheel
          • Knee Bolster
          • Side SIR System Description
          • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor (SIS)
      • Repair Instructions
        • SIR Service Precautions
          • Notes
          • General Service Instructions
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 1
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 2
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 3
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 5
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 6
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 7
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 8
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • SIR Disabling and Enabling Zone 9
          • Disabling Procedure
          • Enabling Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Front End Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Sensing and Diagnostic Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Instrument Panel Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Passenger Presence System Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Side Impact Module Wiring Harness Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement - Left
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Inflatable Restraint Roof Rail Module Replacement - Right
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Buckle Pretensioner Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
          • Accident With or Without Air Bag Deployment - Component Inspections
          • Accident With Frontal Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Accident With Side Air Bag Deployment - Component Replacement and Inspections
          • Sensor Replacement Guidelines
        • Inflator Module Handling and Scrapping
          • Live (Undeployed) Inflator Module
          • Dual Stage Inflator Module
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle (Steering Wheel Module, I/P Module, and Side Impact Module)
          • Deployment Inside Vehicle (Vehicle Scrapping Procedure)
        • Pretensioner Handling and Scrapping
          • Notes
          • Scrapping Procedure
          • Deployment Procedures
          • Deployment Inside the Vehicle
          • Deployment Outside Vehicle for Seat Belt Pretensioners
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Restraints Control Systems
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roller Replacement - Front Seat Belt
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator (ISO Symbol) (Red)
  • Seat Belts
    • Seat Belt System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Seat Belt Schematic Icons
        • Seat Belt Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Seat Belt Component Views
        • Seat Belt Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Seat Belts
        • Operational and Functional Checks
          • Notes
          • Emergency Locking Retractors
        • Symptoms - Seat Belts
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Seat Belt Indicator Circuit Malfunction
        • Seat Belt Service Precautions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Repairs and Inspections Required After a Collision
        • Seat Belt Buckle Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Roller Replacement - Front Seat Belt
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Seat Belt Retractor Replacement - Center Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Child Restraint Tether Anchor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Seat Belt System Description and Operation
          • Front Seat Belt System
          • Rear Seat Belt System
          • Child Seat Restraint System
          • Fasten Safety Belt Indicator (ISO Symbol) (Red)
• Steering
  • Electronic Steering
    • Variable Effort Steering System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Steering Controls Schematic Icons
        • Steering Controls Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Steering Controls Component Views
        • Steering Controls Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Variable Effort Steering
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0450
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Description and Operation
        • Variable Effort Steering System Description and Operation
  • Manual Steering
    • Power Steering System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Power Steering Pump Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
        • Symptoms - Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptoms List
        • Power Steering System Test Procedure
          • Notes
          • Test Description
        • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
        • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
        • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
        • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
      • Repair Instructions
        • Bleeding the Power Steering System
          • Notes
          • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
        • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
        • Flushing the Power Steering System
        • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LS6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Assembly Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (w/RPO FE3)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (w/RPO FE4)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LS6)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (LS2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (LP1, LY7)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (LS2)
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Solenoid/Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement (w/LHD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Power Steering Gear Replacement (w/RHD)
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Power Steering System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Power Steering Pump Specifications
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Power Steering System (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
      • Symptoms - Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Power Steering System Test Procedure
        • Notes
        • Test Description
      • Power Steering Fluid Leaks
      • Rattle, Clunk, or Shudder Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Whine or Growl Noise from the Power Steering System
      • Steering Effort Hard in One or Both Directions
      • Steering Effort Too Easy in One or Both Directions
    • Repair Instructions
      • Bleeding the Power Steering System
        • Notes
        • Excessive Vacuum Drop Diagnosis
      • Checking and Adding Power Steering Fluid
      • Flushing the Power Steering System
      • Remote Power Steering Fluid Reservoir Replacement (LP1, LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pulley Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LP1, LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pump Replacement (LS6)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Outer Tie Rod End Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Boot Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Rack and Pinion Inner Tie Rod Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Assembly Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Pipe/Hose Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (w/RPO FE3)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Cooler Replacement (w/RPO FE4)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LP1, LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Reservoir Outlet Pipe/Hose Replacement (LS6)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (LS2)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Pressure Pipe/Hose Replacement (LP1, LY7)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Return Hose Replacement (LS2)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Solenoid/Actuator Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement (w/LHD)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Power Steering Gear Replacement (w/RHD)
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
    • Description and Operation
      • Power Steering System Description and Operation (w/o Electro-Hydraulic Steering)
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Steering Wheel & Steering Column
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
      • Column/Ignition Lock Schematics
      • Steering Wheel Schematics
    • Component Locator
      • Steering Column Disassembled View
      • Steering Wheel and Column Component Views
      • Steering Wheel and Column Connector End Views
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Steering Wheel Controls
      • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative (2.8L, 3.6L (LP1/LY7))
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Steering Wheel Controls Inoperative (6.0L (LS2))
        • Diagnostic Aids
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel and Column
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Symptoms List
      • Symptoms - Steering Wheel Controls
        • Notes
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Steering Column Tilt Function Inoperative
      • Lock System Does Not Unlock
      • Lock System Does Not Lock
      • Lock System Sticks in Start
      • Key Cannot Be Removed in the Off Lock Position
      • High Lock Effort
      • Noise in Steering Column
      • Looseness in Steering Column
    • Repair Instructions
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Upper
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Center
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Intermediate Steering Shaft Replacement - Lower
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Accident Damage Inspection
      • Steering Column Trim Covers Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Switch Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Ignition Lock Cylinder Case Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Multifunction, Turn Signal Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Control Switch Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Tilt Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Tilt Head Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Turn Signal Cancel Cam and Upper Bearing Inner Race Replacement
        • Notes
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Jacket Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Column Wire Harness Assembly Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor or Steering Shaft Lower Bearing Replacement
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Steering Wheel Position Sensor Centering
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Inflatable Restraint Steering Wheel Module Coil Centering
    • Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel Controls Description and Operation
      • Steering Wheel and Column Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Vehicle Steering
        • Vehicle Security-Some Vehicle Models
        • Driver Convenience
        • Driver Safety
        • Ignition Lock Cylinder Control Actuator
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
• Suspension
  • Front Suspension
    • Front Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Front
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Steering Knuckle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Module Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock, Shock Component and/or Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Shock/Strut Disposal
      • Description and Operation
        • Front Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Rear Suspension
    • Rear Suspension System
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Repair Instructions
        • Rear Axle Heat Shield Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Bearing/Hub Replacement - Rear
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Knuckle Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Insulator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Stabilizer Shaft Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shock Absorber Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Coil Spring Insulators Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Trailing Arm Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Differential Mount Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Adjustment Link Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Suspension Shock/Strut Disposal
        • Upper Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Lower Control Arm Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Wheel Stud Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Rear Suspension Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Suspension General Diagnosis
      • Specifications
        • Trim Height Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Suspension General Diagnosis
        • Symptoms - Suspension General Diagnosis
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Symptom List
        • Ride Diagnosis
        • Vehicle Leads/Pulls
        • Body Leans or Sways in Corners
        • Suspension Bottoms
        • Memory Steer
        • Poor Directional Stability
        • Noise Diagnosis - Front Suspension
        • Noise Diagnosis - Rear Suspension
        • Ball Joint Inspection
        • Struts or Shock Absorbers On-Vehicle Testing
        • Wheel Bearings Diagnosis
        • Trim Height Inspection Procedure
          • Trim Height Measurements
          • Z Height Measurement
          • D Height Measurement
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Wheel Alignment System
    • Specifications
      • Wheel Alignment Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
    • Repair Instructions
      • Measuring Wheel Alignment
      • Front Caster and Camber Adjustment
      • Front Toe Adjustment
      • Rear Camber Adjustment
      • Rear Toe Adjustment
    • Description and Operation
      • Caster Description
      • Camber Description
      • Toe Description
      • Setback Description
      • Thrust Angles Description
      • Lead/Pull Description
      • Memory Steer Description
      • Wander Description
      • Scrub Radius Description
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Wheels & Tire System
    • Tire Pressure Monitoring System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Tire Pressure Monitoring System Component Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • System Familiarization
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • System Diagnosis
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • DTC C0750, C0755, C0760 or C0765
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptors
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Tire Pressure Monitoring
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Always On
        • Low Tire Pressure Indicator Inoperative
      • Repair Instructions
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Grommet Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Tire Pressure Sensor Learn
          • Learn Mode Description
            • Notes
            • Sensor Functions Using Pressure Increase/Decrease Method
            • Sensor Functions Using J-46079
            • Learn Mode Cancellation
          • TPM Learn Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Tire Pressure Monitor Description and Operation
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Tires And Wheels
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Tire Diagnosis - Irregular or Premature Wear
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Tire Diagnosis - Waddle Complaint
          • Notes
          • Inspection Procedure
        • Wheel Mounting Surface Check
        • Radial Tire Lead/Pull Correction
      • Repair Instructions
        • Aluminum Wheel Porosity Repair
        • Aluminum Wheel Refinishing
          • Finish Damage Evaluation Procedure
          • Refinishing Procedure
        • Tire and Wheel Removal and Installation
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Extended Mobility Tires Replacement
        • Tire Repair
        • Tire Mounting and Dismounting
        • Tire Rotation (Directional)
        • Tire Rotation (Non-Directional)
      • Description and Operation
        • General Description
        • Tread Wear Indicators Description
        • Metric Wheel Nuts and Bolts Description
        • Tire Inflation Description
        • Tire Chain Usage Description
        • All Seasons Tires Description
        • P-Metric Sized Tires Description
        • Replacement Wheels Description
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• Transmission
  • Automatic Trans
    • Shift Lock Control System
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Component Views
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
          • Rear Integration Module (RIM)
          • Transmission Control Module (TCM) or Powertrain Control Module (PCM)
        • Symptoms - Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control
          • Notes
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Shift Lever Does Not Move with Brake Pedal Depressed
        • Shift Lever Can Be Moved without Brake Pedal Depressed
      • Repair Instructions
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Actuator Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control Description and Operation
          • Automatic Transmission Shift Lock Control System
  • Manual Transmission Clutch System
    • Specifications
      • Fastener Tightening Specifications
      • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
    • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
      • Diagnostic Starting Point - Clutch
      • Symptoms - Clutch
        • Strategy Based Diagnostics
        • Visual/Physical Inspection
        • Intermittent
        • Symptom List
      • Clutch Drag Hard Shifting
      • Clutch Slipping
      • Clutch Grabbing
      • Clutch Rattle
      • Clutch Noisy
      • Clutch Pedal Spongy Low Pedal Effort
      • Clutch Pedal Hard to Push
      • Clutch Vibration
    • Repair Instructions
      • Clutch Pedal Replacement (CTS)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Pedal Replacement (CTS-V)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Return Spring Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement (CTS)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Master Cylinder Replacement (CTS-V)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Hydraulic Clutch Hose/Pipe Replacement (CTS)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Hydraulic Clutch Hose/Pipe Replacement (CTS-V)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Hydraulic Clutch Bleeding (CTS)
      • Hydraulic Clutch Bleeding (CTS-V)
      • Clutch Pedal Position Switch Replacement
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Pilot Bearing Replacement (CTS-V)
        • Tools Required
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Assembly Replacement (CTS)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Assembly Replacement (CTS-V)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Concentric Actuator Cylinder Replacement (CTS)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Concentric Actuator Cylinder Replacement (CTS-V)
        • Removal Procedure
        • Installation Procedure
      • Clutch Pressure Plate Adjustment (Tremec 6-Speed)
    • Description and Operation
      • Clutch System Description and Operation
        • Notes
        • Clutch Driving Members
        • Clutch Driven Members
        • Clutch Operating Members
        • Hydraulic Clutch Description
    • Special Tools and Equipment
      • Special Tools
  • Hydraulic Diagrams
    • Manual Transmission - TREMEC 6-Speed - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Lubrication Specifications
        • Shim Size Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Transmission Component Location (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
        • Transmission Component Location (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Disassemble (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
          • Extension Housing Removal
          • Reverse Speed Gear Removal
          • Reverse Shift Fork Removal
          • 5th/6th Speed Driven Gear Removal
          • Countershaft Extension Removal
          • Transmission Case Removal
          • Guide Plate Removal
          • Reverse Lockout Assembly Disassemble
          • Shift Shaft Assemblies and Gear Cluster Removal
        • Transmission Disassemble (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
          • Extension Housing Removal
          • Reverse Speed Gear Removal
          • Reverse Shift Fork Removal
          • 5th/6th Speed Driven Gear Removal
          • Countershaft Extension Removal
          • Transmission Case Removal
          • Guide Plate Removal
          • Shift Shaft Assemblies and Gear Cluster Removal
        • Mainshaft and Input Shaft Disassemble
          • Mainshaft
          • Input Shaft
        • Countershaft Disassemble
        • Countershaft Extension Disassemble
        • Synchronizers Disassemble
          • 1st/2nd, 3rd/4th, 5th/6th Synchronizers
          • Reverse Synchronizer
        • Synchronizers Cleaning and Inspection
        • Synchronizers Assemble
          • 1st/2nd Synchronizer
          • 3rd/4th, 5th/6th Synchronizers
          • Reverse Synchronizer
        • Shift Rail and Fork Assemblies Disassemble
          • 1st/2nd, 3rd/4th Shift Rail Assembly
          • 5th/6th, Reverse Shift Rail Assembly
        • Shift Rail and Fork Assemblies Cleaning and Inspection (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
        • Shift Rail and Fork Assemblies Cleaning and Inspection (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
        • Shift Rail and Fork Assemblies Assemble
          • 1st/2nd, 3rd/4th Shift Rail Assembly
          • 5th/6th, Reverse Shift Rail Assembly
        • Transfer Case and Adapter Plate Disassemble (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
          • Transmission Case
          • Adapter Plate
        • Transfer Case and Adapter Plate Disassemble (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
          • Transmission Case
          • Adapter Plate
        • Transfer Case and Adapter Plate Cleaning and Inspection (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
          • Transmission Case
          • Adapter Plate
        • Transfer Case and Adapter Plate Cleaning and Inspection (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
          • Transmission Case
          • Adapter Plate
        • Transfer Case and Adapter Plate Assemble (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
          • Transmission Case
          • Adapter Plate
        • Transfer Case and Adapter Plate Assemble (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
          • Transmission Case
          • Adapter Plate
        • Extension Housing Disassemble
        • Extension Housing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Extension Housing Assemble
        • Bearings and Spacers Cleaning and Inspection
        • Gears Cleaning and Inspection
        • Countershaft Extension Assemble
        • Countershaft Assemble (Main Shaft)
        • Mainshaft and Input Shaft Assemble
          • Mainshaft
          • Input Shaft
        • Transmission Assemble (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
          • Shift Shaft Assemblies and Gear Clusters Installation
          • Reverse Lockout Assembly Assemble
          • Transmission Case Installation
          • Countershaft Extension Installation
          • 5th/6th Speed Driven Gear Installation
          • Reverse Shift Fork Installation
          • Reverse Speed Gear Installation
          • Extension Housing Assemble
        • Transmission Assemble (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
          • Shift Shaft Assemblies and Gear Clusters Installation
          • Transmission Case Installation
          • Countershaft Extension Installation
          • 5th/6th Speed Driven Gear Installation
          • Reverse Shift Fork Installation
          • Reverse Speed Gear Installation
          • Extension Housing Assemble
        • Shimming Procedures (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
          • Input Shaft, Mainshaft, and Countershaft
          • Countershaft Extension
        • Shimming Procedures (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
          • Input Shaft, Mainshaft, and Countershaft
          • Countershaft Extension
      • Description and Operation
        • Manual Transmission Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Shift Control and Shift Rod
          • Gear Select - Skip Shift
          • Reverse Lockout
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
  • Manual Trans
    • Manual Transmission - TREMEC 6-Speed - Introduction
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Lubrication Specifications
      • Schematic and Routing Diagrams
        • Manual Transmission Schematic Icons
        • Manual Transmission Schematics
      • Component Locator
        • Manual Transmission Component Views
      • Visual Identification
        • Manual Transmission Connector End Views
      • Diagnostic Information and Procedures
        • Diagnostic Code Index
        • Diagnostic Starting Point - Manual Transmission
        • Scan Tool Data List
        • Scan Tool Data Definitions
        • Scan Tool Output Controls
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) Type Definitions
          • Notes
          • Emissions Related DTCs
            • Type A
              • Notes
              • Type B
          • Non-Emissions Related DTCs
            • Type C
              • Notes
              • Type X
        • Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) List/Type
        • DTC P0500
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0712
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0713
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0801
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0803
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Enabling the 1-4 Upshift Solenoid
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0804
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Enabling the Skip Shift Solenoid and Lamp
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • DTC P0833
          • Notes
          • Circuit Description
          • DTC Descriptor
          • Conditions for Running the DTC
          • Conditions for Setting the DTC
          • Action Taken When the DTC Sets
          • Conditions for Clearing the MIL/DTC
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Symptoms - Manual Transmission
          • Strategy Based Diagnostics
          • Visual/Physical Inspection
          • Intermittent
          • Symptom List
        • Transmission Shifts Hard
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Gear Clash When Shifting Gears
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Noisy
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Jumps Out of Gear
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Does Not Shift into One Gear
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Locked in One Gear
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Clunk on Acceleration or Deceleration
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
        • Transmission Fluid Leak Diagnosis
          • Diagnostic Aids
          • Test Description
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Fluid Level Inspection
        • Transmission Mount Inspection
        • Transmission Mount Replacement - Rear
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Assembly Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Shift Closeout Boot Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Shift Control Knob Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Mainshaft Rear Oil Seal Replacement
          • Notes
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Backup Lamp Switch Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Temperature (TFT) Sensor Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Vehicle Speed Sensor (VSS) Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Reverse Lockout Solenoid Replacement
          • Tools Required
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Gear Select/Skip Shift Solenoid Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Fluid Replacement
          • Draining Procedure
          • Filling Procedure
        • Transmission Vent Tube Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
        • Transmission Replacement
          • Removal Procedure
          • Installation Procedure
      • Description and Operation
        • Manual Transmission Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Gear Select - Skip Shift
          • Reverse Lockout
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
    • Manual Transmission - TREMEC 6-Speed - Overhaul
      • Specifications
        • Fastener Tightening Specifications
        • Sealers, Adhesives, and Lubricants
        • Lubrication Specifications
        • Shim Size Specifications
      • Component Locator
        • Transmission Component Location (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
        • Transmission Component Location (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
      • Repair Instructions
        • Transmission Disassemble (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
          • Extension Housing Removal
          • Reverse Speed Gear Removal
          • Reverse Shift Fork Removal
          • 5th/6th Speed Driven Gear Removal
          • Countershaft Extension Removal
          • Transmission Case Removal
          • Guide Plate Removal
          • Reverse Lockout Assembly Disassemble
          • Shift Shaft Assemblies and Gear Cluster Removal
        • Transmission Disassemble (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
          • Extension Housing Removal
          • Reverse Speed Gear Removal
          • Reverse Shift Fork Removal
          • 5th/6th Speed Driven Gear Removal
          • Countershaft Extension Removal
          • Transmission Case Removal
          • Guide Plate Removal
          • Shift Shaft Assemblies and Gear Cluster Removal
        • Mainshaft and Input Shaft Disassemble
          • Mainshaft
          • Input Shaft
        • Countershaft Disassemble
        • Countershaft Extension Disassemble
        • Synchronizers Disassemble
          • 1st/2nd, 3rd/4th, 5th/6th Synchronizers
          • Reverse Synchronizer
        • Synchronizers Cleaning and Inspection
        • Synchronizers Assemble
          • 1st/2nd Synchronizer
          • 3rd/4th, 5th/6th Synchronizers
          • Reverse Synchronizer
        • Shift Rail and Fork Assemblies Disassemble
          • 1st/2nd, 3rd/4th Shift Rail Assembly
          • 5th/6th, Reverse Shift Rail Assembly
        • Shift Rail and Fork Assemblies Cleaning and Inspection (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
        • Shift Rail and Fork Assemblies Cleaning and Inspection (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
        • Shift Rail and Fork Assemblies Assemble
          • 1st/2nd, 3rd/4th Shift Rail Assembly
          • 5th/6th, Reverse Shift Rail Assembly
        • Transfer Case and Adapter Plate Disassemble (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
          • Transmission Case
          • Adapter Plate
        • Transfer Case and Adapter Plate Disassemble (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
          • Transmission Case
          • Adapter Plate
        • Transfer Case and Adapter Plate Cleaning and Inspection (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
          • Transmission Case
          • Adapter Plate
        • Transfer Case and Adapter Plate Cleaning and Inspection (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
          • Transmission Case
          • Adapter Plate
        • Transfer Case and Adapter Plate Assemble (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
          • Transmission Case
          • Adapter Plate
        • Transfer Case and Adapter Plate Assemble (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
          • Transmission Case
          • Adapter Plate
        • Extension Housing Disassemble
        • Extension Housing Cleaning and Inspection
        • Extension Housing Assemble
        • Bearings and Spacers Cleaning and Inspection
        • Gears Cleaning and Inspection
        • Countershaft Extension Assemble
        • Countershaft Assemble (Main Shaft)
        • Mainshaft and Input Shaft Assemble
          • Mainshaft
          • Input Shaft
        • Transmission Assemble (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
          • Shift Shaft Assemblies and Gear Clusters Installation
          • Reverse Lockout Assembly Assemble
          • Transmission Case Installation
          • Countershaft Extension Installation
          • 5th/6th Speed Driven Gear Installation
          • Reverse Shift Fork Installation
          • Reverse Speed Gear Installation
          • Extension Housing Assemble
        • Transmission Assemble (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
          • Shift Shaft Assemblies and Gear Clusters Installation
          • Transmission Case Installation
          • Countershaft Extension Installation
          • 5th/6th Speed Driven Gear Installation
          • Reverse Shift Fork Installation
          • Reverse Speed Gear Installation
          • Extension Housing Assemble
        • Shimming Procedures (Y Car MM6 and MZ6)
          • Input Shaft, Mainshaft, and Countershaft
          • Countershaft Extension
        • Shimming Procedures (CTS, GTO, SSR M10)
          • Input Shaft, Mainshaft, and Countershaft
          • Countershaft Extension
      • Description and Operation
        • Manual Transmission Description and Operation
          • Notes
          • Shift Control and Shift Rod
          • Gear Select - Skip Shift
          • Reverse Lockout
      • Special Tools and Equipment
        • Special Tools
• External Pages